2k15_chev_express_22948869A.ai (Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109) Spine = Printer Adjust Color = Black Date = 04/21/14
2015 Express 2015
Express
22948869 A chevrolet.com (U.S.) chevrolet.gm.ca (Canada) chevrolet.com.mx (Mexico) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2015 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Air Vents ...... 8-7 Vehicle Features ...... 1-14 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Performance and Controls ...... 5-2 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-18 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information ...... 9-2 Indicators ...... 5-9 Starting and Operating ...... 9-14 Keys, Doors, and Information Displays ...... 5-24 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Windows ...... 2-1 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-29 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-22 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-38 Brakes ...... 9-28 Doors ...... 2-8 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-29 Vehicle Security...... 2-11 Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-32 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-12 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-35 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-13 Interior Lighting ...... 6-4 Fuel ...... 9-39 Windows ...... 2-14 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Trailer Towing...... 9-44 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-54 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Introduction ...... 7-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Front Seats ...... 3-2 Radio ...... 7-7 General Information ...... 10-2 Rear Seats ...... 3-4 Audio Players ...... 7-11 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-3 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Phone ...... 7-20 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Airbag System ...... 3-17 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-29 Child Restraints ...... 3-28 Electrical System ...... 10-34 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-41 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2015 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M
Jump Starting ...... 10-74 OnStar ...... 14-1 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-78 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-80 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 OnStar Additional Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information ...... 14-6 General Information ...... 11-1 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Index ...... i-1 Special Application Services ...... 11-7 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-7 Recommended Fluids ...... 11-11 Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-14 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Refer to the purchase may or may not be on the vehicle documentation relating to your because of optional equipment that specific vehicle to confirm the was not purchased on the vehicle, features. model variants, country Keep this manual in the vehicle for specifications, features/applications quick reference. that may not be available in your The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. Canadian Vehicle Owners vehicle body designs appearing in ® this manual including, but not limited If the vehicle has the Duramax Propriétaires Canadiens to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, Diesel engine, see the Duramax A French language manual can be the CHEVROLET Emblem, and diesel supplement for additional and obtained from your dealer, at EXPRESS are trademarks and/or specific information on this engine. www.helminc.com, or from: service marks of General Motors If the vehicle has the CNG or LPG On peut obtenir un exemplaire de LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, engine, see the Express/Savana or licensors. ce guide en français auprès du CNG Compressed Natural Gas concessionnaire ou à l'adresse For vehicles first sold in Canada, supplement or the Express/Savana savant: substitute the name General LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas “ Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for Supplement for additional and Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive appears in this manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 22948869 A First Printing © 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols { Warning To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, { Caution gauge, or indicator. Danger, Warnings, and Caution indicates a hazard that M : This symbol is shown when Cautions could result in property or vehicle you need to see the owner manual for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle damage. information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or { Danger information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses Here are some additional symbols 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam that may be found on the vehicle Changer and what they mean. For more i information on the symbol, refer to : Top Tether Anchors for Child the Index. Restraints * 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : # : Air Conditioning : Oil Pressure } ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : Power / % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls : Remote Vehicle Start or OnStar® (if equipped) > : Safety Belt Reminders J : Brake System Warning 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor Light _ : Tow/Haul Mode " : Charging System d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® : Cruise Control I M : Windshield Washer Fluid B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Exterior Lamps . : Fuel Gauge Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-1
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16 In Brief Cruise Control ...... 1-17 Navigation System ...... 1-17 Rear Vision Instrument Panel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-18 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Parking Assist ...... 1-18 Initial Drive Information Power Outlets ...... 1-18 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Performance and Maintenance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Traction Control/Electronic System ...... 1-4 Stability Control ...... 1-18 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-19 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-19 Windows ...... 1-5 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 1-20 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Driving for Better Fuel Safety Belts ...... 1-7 Economy ...... 1-20 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 1-8 Roadside Assistance Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-8 Program ...... 1-20 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9 OnStar® ...... 1-20 Interior Lighting ...... 1-10 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-11 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11 Climate Controls ...... 1-12 Transmission ...... 1-13 Vehicle Features Radio(s) ...... 1-14 Satellite Radio ...... 1-15 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-16 Bluetooth® ...... 1-16 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-7. 11. Instrument Panel Illumination 20. Traction Control/Electronic 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Control on page 6-4. Stability Control on page 9-29 Buttons. See Driver Information Dome Lamp Override. See (If Equipped). Center (DIC) on page 5-24. Dome Lamps on page 6-5. 21. Passenger Airbag On-Off 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 12. Data Link Connector (DLC) Switch (If Equipped). See Lane-Change Signals on (Out of View). See Malfunction Airbag On-Off Switch on page 6-3. Indicator Lamp on page 5-17. page 3-23. Windshield Wiper/Washer on 13. Parking Brake on page 9-29. 22. Rear Heating System on page 8-4 (If Equipped). page 5-3. 14. Cruise Control on page 9-32 (If 4. Horn on page 5-3. Equipped). 23. Power Outlet 110 Volt Alternating Current. See Power 5. Hazard Warning Flashers on Fast Idle System on page 9-17 Outlets on page 5-7. page 6-3. (If Equipped). 24. USB Port (If Equipped). See 6. Instrument Cluster on page 5-10. 15. Hood Release. See Hood on Auxiliary Devices on 7. Shift Lever. See Starting the page 10-4. page 7-16. Engine on page 9-16. 16. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Manual Mode on page 9-26 (If page 5-2 (If Equipped). Equipped). 17. Steering Wheel Controls on 8. Climate Control Systems on page 5-2 (If Equipped). page 8-1. 18. Tow/Haul Mode Button (If 9. Infotainment on page 7-1. Equipped). See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27. 10. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1. 19. Power Outlets on page 5-7. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press L again to overview about some of the cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2-2. to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start With this feature the engine can be Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote started from outside of the vehicle. (RKE) System Start Shown If equipped, the RKE transmitter is Q : Press to lock all doors. Starting the Vehicle used to remotely lock and unlock Lock and unlock feedback can be 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the the doors from up to 60 m (195 ft) personalized. See Vehicle vehicle. away from the vehicle. Personalization on page 5-38. 2. Press and release Q. K : Press to unlock the driver K 3. Immediately after completing door. Press again within Step 2, press and hold / for at five seconds to unlock all remaining least four seconds or until the doors. turn signal lamps flash. j : Press to unlock only the cargo doors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-5
When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks Power Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The Manual Door Locks doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended only once. Canceling a Remote Start To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold / If equipped, press T to lock or unlock the doors. until the parking lamps turn off. Lock and unlock the door from the . Turn on the hazard warning outside using the key or the Remote See Power Door Locks on page 2-6. flashers. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped. From the inside, slide Windows . Turn the vehicle on and then the manual lever on the door up back off. or down. Manual Windows See Remote Vehicle Start on See Door Locks on page 2-5. Operate the manual windows by page 2-4. turning the hand crank on each door to raise or lower the side door windows. See Manual Windows on page 2-14. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-6 In Brief
Power Windows AUTO to activate the express-down 2. Slide the seat to the desired mode. This mode can be canceled position and release the bar. at any time by pulling up on the 3. Try to move the seat back and switch. To open the window part forth to be sure the seat is way, lightly tap the switch until the locked in place. window is at the desired position. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-2. See Power Windows on page 2-14. Power Seats Seat Adjustment Manual Seats
If the vehicle has power windows, the controls are on the front doors. The driver door also has a control to operate the front passenger window. Press or pull up on the switch to lower or raise the window.
Express-Down To adjust a power seat, if available, The driver window switch also has use the controls on the front of an express-down feature that allows the seat: To adjust a manual seat: the window to be lowered without . Adjust the seat by moving the holding the switch. Press fully and 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. center knob up, down, right, release the window switch marked or left. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-7
. Raise and lower the front or rear 3. Push and pull on the seatback to Safety Belts of the seat cushion by moving make sure it is locked. the right or left lever up or down. To return the seatback to the upright See Power Seat Adjustment on position: page 3-3. 1. Lift the lever fully without Reclining Seatbacks applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-3.
Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly. . Safety Belts on page 3-8. . How to Wear Safety Belts To recline the seatback: Properly on page 3-9. 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-10. of the seat. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for 2. Move the seatback to the Children (LATCH System) on desired position, and then page 3-36. release the lever to lock the seatback in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-8 In Brief
Airbag On-Off Switch Mirror Adjustment If the instrument panel has one of Exterior Mirrors the switches pictured in the following illustrations, the vehicle Vehicles with manual outside has an airbag on-off switch that you mirrors can be adjusted by moving can use to manually turn on or off the mirror up and down or left to the front outboard passenger airbag. right so you can see a little of the side of the vehicle, and a clear view of objects behind you.
Canada and Mexico To operate the airbag on-off switch, use the vehicle key. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-23 for important information.
United States
If equipped, select each mirror by turning the knob clockwise for the passenger side mirror or counterclockwise for the driver side Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-9
mirror. Adjust the mirror angle by Manually fold the mirrors inward to Steering Wheel moving the knob in the desired prevent damage when going direction. through an automatic car wash. To Adjustment Keep the selector switch in the fold, pull the mirror toward the center position when not adjusting vehicle. Push the mirror outward to either outside mirror. return it to the original position. Interior Mirror Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle. Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind. See Manual Rearview Mirror on For vehicles with a tilt steering page 2-13. wheel, the lever is located on the left side of the steering column.
If equipped, towing mirrors can be adjusted manually for a clear view of the objects behind you. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-10 In Brief
To adjust the steering wheel: Press the button in and the dome 1. Pull the lever to move the lamps remain off when a door is steering wheel up or down into a opened. Press the button again so comfortable position. that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. 2. Release the lever to lock the steering wheel in place. Reading Lamps See Steering Wheel Adjustment on For vehicles with reading lamps, page 5-2. press the button located next to each lamp to turn it on or off. Interior Lighting The vehicle may also have reading lamps in other locations. The lamps Dome Lamps The instrument panel brightness cannot be adjusted. The dome lamps come on when any knob extends when D is pressed. For more information on interior door is opened. They turn off after To manually turn on the dome lighting, see: all the doors are closed. lamps, press D then turn the knob . Instrument Panel Illumination clockwise to the farthest position. In Control on page 6-4. this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened . Entry/Exit Lighting on page 6-6. or closed. E DOME OFF: This button is located above the instrument panel brightness knob. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-11
Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns the Windshield Wiper/Washer exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, and license plate lamps. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, and license plate The lever is located on the left side lamps. of the steering column. The exterior lamp control is on the See: 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. instrument panel to the left of the . Exterior Lamp Controls on 6 : Use to adjust the delay time steering wheel. page 6-1. between wipes. Turn the band up or O : Briefly turn the control to this . Automatic Headlamp System on down for more frequent wipes or position to turn the automatic page 6-2. less frequent wipes. headlamps off or back on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-12 In Brief
d : Slow wipes. Climate Controls a : Fast wipes. The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. systems. L : Push the paddle on top of the turn signal lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5-3.
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control 2. Temperature Control Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-13
Transmission Range Selection Mode
If equipped, Range Selection Mode helps control the vehicle's Vehicles with Air Conditioning transmission and vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a 1. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems on trailer by letting you select a desired 2. Temperature Control page 8-1. See Rear Heating System range of gears. on page 8-4 (If Equipped) or Rear To use this feature: 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Climate Control System on page 8-5 4. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped). 1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode). 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-14 In Brief
When M (Manual Mode) is selected, Vehicle Features a number displays in the DIC next to the M indicating the current gear. Radio(s) Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27. While using Range Selection Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used. See Manual Mode on page 9-26.
Radio with CD/MP3
O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between and off. Turn to increase or FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM®. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-15
© SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan For vehicles with a FAV button, a 2. Press the softkey located below stations. maximum of 36 stations can be any one of the tabs to be 4 stored as favorites using the six changed. : Press to switch the display softkeys below the radio station between the radio station frequency frequency tabs and by using the 3. Press the © SEEK or ¨ SEEK and the time. While the ignition is radio FAV button. Press FAV to go buttons, s REV or \ FWD off, press this button to display the through up to six pages of favorites, f time. Press to display additional text buttons, or by turning each having six favorite stations clockwise or counterclockwise to information related to the current available per page. Each page of FM-RDS station or MP3 song. increase or decrease the time favorites can contain any or date. A choice of additional information combination of AM and FM stations. such as Channel, Song, Artist, and For detailed instructions on setting CAT (category) can display. If the radio does not have a FAV the clock for your specific audio Continue pressing to highlight the button, up to 18 stations (six FM1, system, see Clock on page 5-6. desired tab, or press the softkey six FM2, and six AM), can be located under any one of the tabs programmed on the six numbered Satellite Radio and the information about that tab buttons. SiriusXM® is a satellite radio service displays. For more information on storing a based in the 48 contiguous United favorite station, see Operation on For more information about these States and 10 Canadian provinces. page 7-5. and other radio features, see SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Infotainment on page 7-1. Setting the Clock variety of programming and Storing a Favorite Station commercial-free music, coast to To set the time and date for the coast, and in digital-quality sound. Depending on which radio the Radio with CD (MP3): A fee is required to receive the vehicle has, radio stations are 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, stored as either favorites or presets. SiriusXM service. DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, and year) display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-16 In Brief
For more information, refer to: See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack" Steering Wheel Controls and "Using the USB Port" in . www.siriusxm.com or call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) Auxiliary Devices on page 7-16. . www.xmradio.ca or call Bluetooth® 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) If equipped with a Bluetooth system, See Satellite Radio on page 7-8. it allows users with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to Portable Audio Devices make and receive hands-free calls This vehicle may have an auxiliary using the vehicle’s audio system input on the radio faceplate and a and controls. USB port on the instrument panel. The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone ® External devices such as an iPod , must be paired with the Bluetooth laptop computer, MP3 player, CD system before it can be used in the changer, or USB storage device can vehicle. Not all phones will support For vehicles with audio steering be connected to the auxiliary port all functions. For more information, wheel controls, some audio controls using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable see www.gm.com/bluetooth and can be adjusted at the steering or the USB port depending on the Bluetooth on page 7-20. wheel. audio system. w : Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or USB device. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-17
c / x : Press to go to the Cruise Control SET−: Press briefly to set the previous favorite radio station, track speed and activate cruise control. on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or If cruise control is already active, USB device. Also press to reject an use to decrease vehicle speed. incoming call, or end a current call. [ : Press to disengage cruise b / g : Press to silence the vehicle control without erasing the set speakers only. Press again to turn speed from memory. the sound on. Press and hold longer See Cruise Control on page 9-32. than two seconds to interact with OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, Navigation System if equipped. If the vehicle has a navigation + e : Press to increase volume. system, there is a separate infotainment manual that includes − e : Press to decrease volume. If equipped with cruise control, use information on the radio, audio SRCE: Press to switch between the following buttons: players, and navigation system. the radio and CD, and for equipped The navigation system provides vehicles, the front auxiliary. I : Press to turn cruise control on or off. The white indicator comes on detailed maps of most major ¨ : Press to seek the next radio in the instrument cluster when freeways and roads. After a station, the next track while sourced cruise control is turned on. destination has been set, the to the CD, or to select tracks and system provides turn-by-turn folders on an iPod® or USB device. +RES: If there is a set speed in instructions for reaching the memory, press briefly to resume to a destination. In addition, the system For more information, see Steering previously set speed, or press and can help locate a variety of points of Wheel Controls on page 5-2. hold to accelerate. If cruise control interest (POIs), such as banks, is already active, use to increase airports, restaurants, and more. vehicle speed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-18 In Brief
Rear Vision Keep the sensors on the vehicle's Performance and rear bumper clean to ensure proper Camera (RVC) operation. Maintenance If equipped, the RVC displays a See Parking Assist on page 9-35. view of the area behind the vehicle Traction Control/ when the vehicle is shifted into Electronic Stability R (Reverse). The display will appear Power Outlets on either the inside rearview mirror The accessory power outlets can be Control or navigation screen, if equipped. used to plug in electrical equipment, The vehicle may have a traction To clean the camera lens, located such as a cell phone or an MP3 control system that limits wheel spin above the license plate, rinse it with player. and the StabiliTrak system that water and wipe it with a soft cloth. The vehicle may have two assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on accessory power outlets on the instrument panel. Both systems turn on automatically page 9-36. every time the vehicle is started. Remove the cover to access and Parking Assist replace when not in use. If equipped, this system uses See Power Outlets on page 5-7. sensors on the rear bumper to assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). It operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). Rear Parking Assist (RPA) uses audible beeps to provide distance and system information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
In Brief 1-19
. To turn off traction control, press The TPMS does not replace normal and release the StabiliTrak monthly tire maintenance. Maintain button g. The appropriate DIC the correct tire pressures. message will display. See Ride See Tire Pressure Monitor System Control System Messages on on page 10-51. page 5-33. . To turn off both traction control The low tire pressure warning light Engine Oil Life System and StabiliTrak, press and hold alerts to a significant loss in pressure of one of the vehicle's The engine oil life system calculates the StabiliTrak button g until the engine oil life based on vehicle use Y tires. If the warning light comes on, StabiliTrak OFF light stop as soon as possible and inflate and displays a DIC message when illuminates and the appropriate the tires to the recommended it is necessary to change the engine DIC messages display. See Ride pressure shown on the Tire and oil and filter. The oil life system Control System Messages on Loading Information label. See should be reset to 100% only page 5-33. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. following an oil change. . Press and release the The warning light will remain on until Resetting the Oil Life System StabiliTrak button again to turn the tire pressure is corrected. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, on both systems. The low tire pressure warning light with the engine off. See Traction Control/Electronic may come on in cool weather when 2. Fully press and release the Stability Control on page 9-29. the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This accelerator pedal three times Tire Pressure Monitor may be an early indicator that the within five seconds. tire pressures are getting low and 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. This vehicle may have a Tire the tires need to be inflated to the Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). proper pressure. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10-8. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
1-20 In Brief
E85 or FlexFuel . Avoid idling the engine for long Roadside Assistance periods of time. Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can Program . When road and weather use either unleaded gasoline or conditions are appropriate, use U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 ethanol fuel containing up to 85% cruise control. ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel TTY Users (U.S. Only): on page 9-41. For all other vehicles, . Always follow posted speed 1-888-889-2438 use only the unleaded gasoline limits or drive more slowly when Canada: 1-800-268-6800 described under Fuel on page 9-39. conditions require. New Chevrolet owners are . Keep vehicle tires properly automatically enrolled in the Driving for Better Fuel inflated. Roadside Assistance Program. Economy . Combine several trips into a See Roadside Assistance Program Driving habits can affect fuel single trip. on page 13-5. mileage. Here are some driving tips . Replace the vehicle's tires with ® to get the best fuel economy the same TPC Spec number OnStar possible. molded into the tire's sidewall This vehicle may be equipped with a . near the size. Avoid fast starts and accelerate comprehensive, in-vehicle system smoothly. . Follow recommended scheduled that can connect to a live OnStar . Brake gradually and avoid maintenance. Advisor for Emergency, Security, abrupt stops. Navigation, Connection, and Diagnostic Services. OnStar services may require a paid subscription. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Vehicle Security Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Vehicle Security ...... 2-11 Windows Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-11 Keys Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks { Warning Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Keys ...... 2-1 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-12 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-12 System ...... 2-2 the ignition key is dangerous and Power Mirrors ...... 2-13 children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Heated Mirrors ...... 2-13 System Operation ...... 2-2 seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Interior Mirrors could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 2-5 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-13 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 2-6 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-13 vehicle move. The windows will Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-6 function with the keys in the Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Windows ignition, and children or others Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-7 Windows ...... 2-14 could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Manual Windows ...... 2-14 closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 2-7 Power Windows ...... 2-14 children in a vehicle with the Swing-Out Windows ...... 2-15 ignition key. Doors Enhanced Technology Side Door (60/40 Glass ...... 2-16 Swing-Out) ...... 2-8 Sun Visors ...... 2-16 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation Overview on page 14-1. If equipped, the RKE transmitter functions work up to 60 m (195 ft) Remote Keyless Entry away from the vehicle. (RKE) System Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) page 13-12. System on page 2-2. If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range: The key is used for the ignition and . Check the distance. The all door locks. transmitter may be too far from The key has a bar-coded key tag the vehicle. that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the location. Other can use to make new keys. Store vehicles or objects may be this information in a safe place, not blocking the signal. in the vehicle. . Check the transmitter's battery. See your dealer if a replacement See “Battery Replacement” later key or additional key is needed. in this section. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, . If the transmitter is still not RKE Transmitter with Remote inspect the key blade for debris. working correctly, see your Start Shown Periodically clean with a brush dealer or a qualified technician or pick. for service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
Q (Lock): Press once to lock all least four seconds or until the turn When the replacement transmitter is doors. If enabled through the Driver signal lamps flash to start the programmed to the vehicle, all Information Center (DIC), the engine from outside the vehicle remaining transmitters must also be parking lamps flash once to indicate using the RKE transmitter. See programmed. Any lost or stolen locking has occurred. Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-4. transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed. The horn may chirp when is L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Q Alarm): Press and release to Each vehicle can have up to pressed again within five seconds. initiate vehicle locator. The turn four transmitters programmed to it. See Vehicle Personalization on signal lamps flash and the horn page 5-38. Battery Replacement sounds three times. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Replace the battery if the REPLACE Press and hold for more than BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY driver door. If K is pressed again L two seconds to activate the panic message displays in the DIC. See within five seconds, all remaining alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Key and Lock Messages on doors unlock. and the horn sounds repeatedly for page 5-32. The interior lamps come on and 30 seconds. The alarm turns off stay on for 20 seconds or until the when the ignition is moved to ON/ { Caution ignition is turned on. If enabled RUN or L is pressed again. The through the DIC, the parking lamps ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for When replacing the battery, do flash twice to indicate unlocking has the panic alarm to work. not touch any of the circuitry on occurred. See Vehicle the transmitter. Static from your Personalization on page 5-38. Programming Transmitters to body could damage the j (Cargo Door): Press to unlock the Vehicle transmitter. only the cargo doors. Only RKE transmitters programmed / (Remote Vehicle Start): For to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a vehicles with this feature, press Q replacement can be purchased and and then press and hold / for at programmed through your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Insert the new battery, positive The RKE transmitter range may be side facing down. Replace with a less while the vehicle is running. CR2032 or equivalent battery. There are other conditions which 4. Snap the transmitter back can affect the performance of the together. transmitter, see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2 for Remote Vehicle Start additional information. This vehicle may have a remote / (Remote Vehicle Start): This start feature. This feature allows you button will be on the RKE to start the engine from outside the transmitter if you have remote start. vehicle. It may also start the To start the engine using the remote vehicle's heating or air conditioning To replace the battery: start feature: systems. See Climate Control 1. Separate the transmitter with a Systems on page 8-1 for additional 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the flat, thin object, such as a flat information. vehicle. head screwdriver. Laws in some local communities 2. Press and release Q on the . Carefully insert the tool into may restrict the use of remote transmitter. the notch located along the starters. For example, some laws parting line of the may require a person using remote transmitter. Do not insert start to have the vehicle in view the tool too far. Stop as when doing so. Check local soon as resistance is felt. regulations for any requirements on . Twist the tool until the remote starting of vehicles. transmitter is separated. Do not use the remote start feature 2. Remove the old battery. Do not if the vehicle is low on fuel. The use a metal object. vehicle may run out of fuel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
. The hazard warning flashers 3. Immediately press and hold / If the remote start procedure is used are on. until the turn signal lamps flash. again before the first 10 minute time If you cannot see the vehicle's frame has ended, the first . There is an emission control lamps, press and hold for at 10 minutes will immediately expire system malfunction. See least four seconds. and the second 10 minute time Malfunction Indicator Lamp on frame will start. page 5-17. When the engine starts, the parking lamps will turn on and After the engine has been remote . The engine coolant temperature remain on while the engine is started two times, the ignition switch is too high. must be turned to ON/RUN and then running. The doors will be . The oil pressure is low. locked. The airbag readiness back to LOCK/OFF using the key light will be on during a remote before the remote start procedure . Two remote vehicle starts have start. It should turn off when the can be used again. already been provided. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. To cancel a remote start do any of See Airbag Readiness Light on the following: Door Locks page 5-14 for more information. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the { Warning The engine will continue to run vehicle and press / until the for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps parking lamps turn off. for a 10-minute time extension. Unlocked doors can be Remote start can be extended . Turn on the hazard warning dangerous. only once. flashers. . Passengers, especially After entering the vehicle during a . Turn the ignition on and then children, can easily open the remote start, insert and turn the key back off. doors and fall out of a moving to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. vehicle. When a door is The remote vehicle start feature will locked, the handle will not The maximum number of remote not operate if: open it. The chance of being starts between ignition cycles with . The key is in the ignition. thrown out of the vehicle in a the key is two. . The hood is open. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Door Locks Warning (Continued) crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat To lock the door from the inside, and can suffer permanent slide the manual lever on the door injuries or even death from down. To unlock the door, slide the T manual lever up. If equipped, press to lock and heat stroke. Always lock the unlock the doors. vehicle whenever leaving it. From the outside, use the key. When a door is locked, the inside . Outsiders can easily enter If the vehicle is equipped with door handle will not work. through an unlocked door Keyless Entry, see Remote Keyless when you slow down or stop Entry (RKE) System Operation on Cargo Door Relocking the vehicle. Locking the doors page 2-2. can help prevent this from If the cargo door is open when the happening. lock button is pressed on the door or the RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except the cargo door. The Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
cargo door will lock immediately Automatic Door Locks Safety Locks when it is closed or when the delayed locking feature functions. The vehicle may have an automatic Security locks are located on the lock/unlock feature. This feature can front portion of the 60/40 side Delayed Locking be programmed using the Driver swing-out door or the side Information Center (DIC). See sliding door. When locking the doors with the Vehicle Personalization on power lock switch and a door open, page 5-38. the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. The horn Lockout Protection chirps to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. This feature protects you from locking the key in the vehicle when Pressing e or Q on the RKE the key is in the ignition and a door transmitter will override the delayed is open. locking feature and immediately lock If the power lock switch is pressed all the doors. when either the driver, passenger, This feature will not operate if the or rear door is open, all the doors key is in the ignition. will lock and then the driver door will 60/40 Swing-Out Side This feature can be programmed unlock. This feature does not include the side cargo door. Door — Driver Side Shown, using the Driver Information Passenger Side Similar Center (DIC). See “DELAY DOOR If the vehicle has an ambulance LOCK” in Vehicle Personalization on package, this feature is disabled. For the 60/40 side swing-out door, page 5-38. move the button to the right for the driver side door or to the left for the passenger side door to engage the security feature. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Move the button to the left for the Doors driver side door or to the right for the passenger side door to return the door locks to normal operation. Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out)
To open the front portion of a 60/40 door from the inside, pull the handle toward you and push the door open. Side Sliding Door For the side sliding door, move the To open the front portion of a button up to engage the security 60/40 door from the outside, pull out feature. Move the button down to on the handle and open the door. return the door locks to normal operation. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
then open the door. When the door When the door is closed, it will be is closed, the check strap will flush with the side of the body. automatically re-engage. Sliding Door
To open the rear portion of a 60/ 40 door from the outside, pull the handle on the side of the rear door and pull the door toward you. To open the sliding side door from To close the 60/40 side doors, close the inside, pull the handle toward the rear door first. Then close the the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide front door. Check to make sure that To open the sliding side door from the door toward the rear of the both doors are completely closed. the outside, pull the handle toward vehicle. the rear of the vehicle and slide the To close the sliding side door from The swing-out doors have a check door open. strap assembly in the door frame to the inside, grasp the handle and keep the door from opening beyond To close the sliding side door from slide the door toward the front of the 90 degrees. the outside, use the handle to slide vehicle. the door toward the front of the Make sure the door is completely To open the door beyond vehicle. 90 degrees, close the door partially, closed before driving away. pull the check strap toward you and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Rear Doors Warning (Continued) { Warning injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a To open the driver side rear door, crash is increased if the To open the rear doors from the pull the latch release at the inside doors are not locked. So, all outside, pull the handle toward you edge of the door. to open the passenger side rear passengers should wear To close the rear doors, close the door first. safety belts properly and the driver side rear door first. Then doors should be locked close the passenger side rear door. whenever the vehicle is Check to make sure both doors are driven. completely closed. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
Vehicle Security When the PASS-Key III+ system It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ senses that someone is using the decoder to learn the transponder This vehicle has theft-deterrent wrong key, it shuts down the value of a new or replacement key. features; however, they do not make vehicle's starter and fuel systems. Up to eight keys may be the vehicle impossible to steal. The starter will not work and fuel will programmed for the vehicle. This stop being delivered to the engine. procedure is for learning additional Immobilizer Anyone using a trial-and-error keys only. If all the currently method to start the vehicle will be programmed keys are lost or do not See Radio Frequency Statement on discouraged because of the high operate, you must see your dealer page 13-12. number of electrical key codes. or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to have keys made Immobilizer Operation If the engine does not start and the security message comes on, the and programmed to the system. This vehicle is equipped with the key may have a damaged See your dealer or a locksmith who ® PASS-Key III+ (Personalized transponder. Turn the ignition off can service PASS-Key III+ to get a Automotive Security System) and try again. new key blank that is cut exactly as theft-deterrent system. If the engine still does not start, and the ignition key that operates the PASS-Key III+ is a passive theft system. deterrent system. the key appears to be undamaged, try another ignition key. If the engine To program the new key: The system is automatically armed still does not start with the other key, 1 when the key is removed from the the vehicle needs service. If the 1. Verify the new key has ignition. vehicle does start, the first key may stamped on it. You do not have to manually arm or be faulty. See your dealer or a 2. Insert the original, already disarm the system. locksmith who can service the programmed key into the ignition PASS-Key III+ to have a new lock cylinder and start the The security light will come on if key made. engine. If the engine will not there is a problem with arming or start, see your dealer for service. disarming the theft-deterrent system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. After the engine has started, turn Exterior Mirrors On the lower portion of each mirror the key to LOCK/OFF and is an auxiliary convex mirror. remove the key. Convex Mirrors A convex mirror's surface is curved 4. Insert the key to be programmed so you can see more from the driver and turn it to ON/RUN within seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors 10 seconds of removing the { Warning can be adjusted manually by pressing the mirror. previous key. A convex mirror can make things, The security message will turn like other vehicles, look farther Trailer-Tow Mirrors off once the key has been away than they really are. If you programmed. It may not be cut too sharply into the right lane, apparent that the security you could hit a vehicle on the message went on due to how right. Check the inside mirror or quickly the key is programmed. glance over your shoulder before 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional changing lanes. keys are to be programmed. If you lose or damage a The passenger side mirror is convex PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer shaped. A convex mirror's surface is or a locksmith who can service curved so more can be seen from PASS-Key III+ to have a new the driver seat. key made. Do not leave the key or device that Manual Mirrors Vehicles with towing mirrors can be disarms or deactivates the Adjust the mirrors by pressing the adjusted manually for a clear view theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. mirror up and down and left and of the objects behind you. right. The mirrors can be manually folded in or out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
On the lower portion of each mirror Then, adjust the mirror angle by Interior Mirrors there is an auxiliary convex mirror moving the knob in the desired that can be adjusted manually to direction. The auxiliary convex provide an extended field of view. mirrors can only be adjusted Interior Rearview Mirrors The mirrors can be manually folded manually. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear in or out. view of the area behind your Heated Mirrors vehicle. Power Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to dampened with water. heat the mirrors. An indicator light in the button lights Manual Rearview Mirror when the outside heated mirrors are activated. Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for See “Rear Window Defogger” under nighttime use to avoid glare of the Climate Control Systems on headlamps from behind. page 8-1 for more information. Cargo vans without rear door glass may not have an inside rearview mirror.
Select each mirror by turning the knob clockwise for the passenger side mirror or counterclockwise for the driver side mirror. The center position is neutral. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Windows Manual Windows Operate the manual windows by { Warning turning the hand crank on each door to raise or lower the side door Never leave a child, a helpless windows. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows Power Windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death Children could be seriously from heat stroke. injured or killed if caught in the If the vehicle has power windows, path of a closing window. Never the controls are on each of the front leave keys in a vehicle with doors. children. See Keys on page 2-1. The driver door has a switch for the passenger window also. The power windows will work when the ignition has been turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-19. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull up on the front edge of the switch to raise the window. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Express-Down Swing-Out Windows The driver window switch also has an express-down feature that allows the window to be lowered without holding the switch. Press fully and release the window switch marked AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. Rear Swing‐Out Windows Side Swing-Out Window The vehicle also has rear swing‐out windows. The rear swing-out To open the side door swing-out windows work the same way as the window, pull up on the latch at the side swing‐out window, but the latch edge of the window. Swing the is located at the bottom edge of the window out and push down on the window. latch to lock the window into place. To close the window, pull the latch toward you and push down on the latch to lock it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Enhanced Technology The following table shows laminated glass location, based on vehicle model Glass and options. The vehicle may be equipped with Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG). Sliding door forward window and 12- and 15-Seat Passenger Vans ETG is part of the overall occupant rear-most side windows protection system on passenger and Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans Rear-most side windows crew vans. ETG may help keep passengers sitting next to these Crew Vans Sliding door forward window fixed windows from being ejected through the glass in some, but not all crashes. Even with this glass, Sun Visors Visor Vanity Mirror safety belts must still be worn at all times. For passenger and crew To block out glare, swing down the The vehicle may have visor vanity vans, use only ETG glass approved sun visors. You can also swing them mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift for the vehicle for replacement when to the side. the mirror cover to turn the lamps damaged. on, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-15 Adding Equipment to the Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-26 Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-16 Airbag System Check ...... 3-27 Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-16 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-27 Head Restraints Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Airbag System Child Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-17 Older Children ...... 3-28 Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 Infants and Young Seat Adjustment ...... 3-2 When Should an Airbag Children ...... 3-30 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-32 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-34 Rear Seats Inflate? ...... 3-21 Lower Anchors and Tethers How Does an Airbag for Children (LATCH Rear Seats ...... 3-4 Restrain? ...... 3-21 System) ...... 3-36 Safety Belts What Will You See after an Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-42 How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 3-23 Securing Child Restraints Properly ...... 3-9 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (Rear Seat) ...... 3-43 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 Vehicle ...... 3-26 Securing Child Restraints Safety Belt Use During (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-45 Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Front Seats On vehicles with factory installed seats, the front seats have built-in Seat Adjustment head restraints that are not adjustable in the outboard seating { Warning positions. You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To adjust the seat: 1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Power Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side { Warning of the seat. 2. Move the seatback to the If either seatback is not locked, it desired position, and then could move forward in a sudden release the lever to lock the stop or crash. That could cause seatback in place. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to seatbacks to be sure they are make sure it is locked. locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the To adjust a power seat, if available, seatback, and the seatback will use the controls on the front of return to the upright position. the seat: 2. Push and pull on the seatback to . Move the center knob to the make sure it is locked. right or left to move the seat forward or rearward. . Move the center knob up or down to raise or lower the seat. . Move the right or left lever up or down to raise or lower the front or rear of the seat cushion. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-4 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning Rear Seats
Sitting in a reclined position when Removing the Rear Seat the vehicle is in motion can be Disconnect the mini-latch plates for dangerous. Even when buckled the lap-shoulder belts on the bench up, the safety belts cannot do seat to be removed. their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving. your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the 1. To do this, press the tip of a key vehicle is in motion, have the into the release hole of the seatback upright. Then sit well safety belt buckle while pulling back in the seat and wear the up on the safety belt. safety belt properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-5
2. Locate the pins. The left side pin has a gray cap 3. Pull the pin handle up to On a three-passenger seat there with a black “L” marked on it. disengage the pin from the are two pins on the inboard sides retaining clip, and then pull the of the rear seats. pin out. 4. Repeat this procedure for the other pins. 5. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails. 6. Remove the seat from the vehicle.
Three-Passenger Seat The right side pin has a Three-Passenger Seat black cap with a white “R” marked on it. On a four-passenger seat, each half of the seat has a set of pins. The left side has a set marked “L,” and the right side has a set marked “R.” If the vehicle has floor mats, the pins are under a flap that has been cut into the mat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-6 Seats and Restraints
7. For the second- and third-row Reinstalling the Rear Seats 1. Position the seat into the open seats, stow the safety belt latch slots in both rails. Push the seat by attaching the clip on the { Warning forward in the rail, hooking both safety belt latch to the trim just seat bases onto the pins inside inside the side door. A seat that is not locked into of the rails. place properly can move around 2. Locate the hole in the rail to in a collision or sudden stop. install the locking pins at the rear People in the vehicle could be of the seat base. If the vehicle injured. Be sure to lock the seat has floor mats, pull the flap that into place properly when has been cut into the mat. installing it. 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base and push the seat to line up the pins with the base. { Warning On a three-passenger seat, the pin with the black cap A safety belt that is improperly marked “R” must be installed on routed, not properly attached, the right side and the pin with For the last row of seats, stow or twisted will not provide the the gray cap marked “L” on the the safety belt latch plate on the protection needed in a crash. The left side. clip at the window trim. Roll the person wearing the belt could be On a four-passenger seat, the seriously injured. After raising the mini-latch into the safety belt pins marked “R” must be webbing and then hook the rear seatback, always check to be installed on the half of the seat safety belt latch plate on the clip. sure that the safety belts are on the right side. The pins properly routed and attached, and marked “L” must be installed on are not twisted. the half of the seat on the left side. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-7
6. If the vehicle has a floor mat, put the flap back to its original position. 7. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base. 8. Connect the mini-latch plates for the lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch plates into the mini-buckles attached at the outboard positions of the bench seat. Do not twist the belts. Three-Passenger Seat Three-Passenger Seat 9. Check that all locking pins are locked into place before 4. Push the pin(s) marked R down 5. Push the pin(s) marked L down “ ” “ ” operating the vehicle. until they are in the until they are in the retaining clip. retaining clip. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-8 Seats and Restraints
Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts Warning (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped { Warning with seats and safety belts. Always wear a safety belt, and Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too. properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. worse than if you are wearing When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously See Safety Belt Reminders on page 5-14. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the addition, anyone who is not instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other When you wear a safety belt, you passengers in the vehicle. and the vehicle slow down together. It is extremely dangerous to ride There is more time to stop because in a cargo area, inside or outside you stop over a longer distance and, of a vehicle. In a collision, when worn properly, your strongest passengers riding in these areas bones take the forces from the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-9
safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in There are important things to know safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law about wearing a safety belt properly. sense. requires wearing safety belts. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of safety belt? adult size. A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-28 or Infants and Young Children on page 3-30. . Sit up straight and always keep Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's your feet on the floor in front should I have to wear safety protection. of you. belts? It is very important for all occupants . Always use the correct buckle A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that for your seating position. systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often . safety belts — not instead of Wear the lap part of the belt low in crashes than those who are and snug on the hips, just them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts. is provided, all occupants still touching the thighs. In a crash, have to buckle up to get the this applies force to the strong most protection. pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-10 Seats and Restraints
would apply force on your Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if abdomen. This could cause you pull the belt across you very serious or even fatal injuries. All seating positions in the vehicle quickly. If this happens, let the have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are belt go back slightly to unlock it. . Wear the shoulder belt over the using a rear seating position with a shoulder and across the chest. Then pull the belt across you detachable safety belt and the more slowly. These parts of the body are best safety belt is not attached, see able to take belt restraining “Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under If the shoulder portion of a forces. The shoulder belt locks if Rear Seats on page 3-4 for passenger belt is pulled out all there is a sudden stop or crash. instructions on reconnecting the the way, the child restraint safety belt to the mini-buckle. locking feature may be engaged. { Warning If this happens, let the belt go The following instructions explain back all the way and start again. You can be seriously injured, how to wear a lap-shoulder belt or even killed, by not wearing properly. your safety belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up . Never allow the lap or straight. To see how, see Seats shoulder belt to become “ ” in the Index. loose or twisted. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull . Never wear the shoulder belt the belt across you. Do not let it under both arms or behind get twisted. your back. . Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-11
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 3-15. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull To unlatch the belt, push the button height that is right for you. up on the shoulder belt. on the buckle. The belt should See “Safety Belt Height Adjuster” return to its stowed position. Slide later in this section for It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt the latch plate up the safety belt instructions on use and webbing when the safety belt is not important safety information. through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller in use. The latch plate should rest occupants. on the stitching on the safety belt, near the guide loop on the side wall. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-12 Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Height Adjuster To move it down, pull on the center adjuster control labeled PULL. You The vehicle has a safety belt height can move the height adjuster up just adjuster for the driver and front by pushing up on the shoulder belt outboard passenger positions. guide. Adjust the height so the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder desired position, try to move it down and not falling off of it. The belt without pushing in to make sure it should be close to, but not has locked into position. contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment Rear Safety Belt Comfort could reduce the effectiveness of Guides the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on This vehicle may have rear safety The comfort guides for the right rear page 3-9. belt comfort guides. The guides may outboard seating positions of provide added safety belt comfort three-passenger bench seats are for older children who have stored in a pocket on the side of the outgrown booster seats and for seatback. some adults. When installed and properly adjusted, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Comfort Guide Installation and Removal (Pocket Style) To install:
Adjustable comfort guides are available through your dealer for the left rear outboard seating positions of the three-passenger bench seats 2. Place the guide over the belt, and for the outboard seating and insert the two edges of the positions of the four-passenger belt into the slots of the guide. bench seats. For these seating positions, the adjustable comfort guide attaches to a loop on the 1. Locate the guide in a pocket on outboard side of the seatback. the side of the seatback. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-14 Seats and Restraints
To remove and store the comfort Warning (Continued) guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can and across the chest. These parts be removed from the guide. Slide of the body are best able to take the guide into its storage pocket on belt restraining forces. the side of the seatback. Comfort Guide Installation and Removal (Adjustable Style)
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly 3. Be sure that the belt is not worn may not provide the twisted and it lies flat. The protection needed in a crash. The elastic cord must be behind the person wearing the belt could be belt with the plastic guide on the seriously injured. The shoulder front. belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts { Warning of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. A safety belt that is not properly 4. Buckle, position, and release the worn may not provide the safety belt as described protection needed in a crash. The previously in this section. Make person wearing the belt could be sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not seriously injured. The shoulder falling off of it. The belt should belt should go over the shoulder be close to, but not contacting, (Continued) the neck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-15
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them wear safety belts. properly. Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten around you, you should use it. Adjustable comfort guides are But if a safety belt is not long available through your dealer for the enough, your dealer will order you left rear outboard seating positions an extender. When you go in to of the three-passenger bench seats order it, take the heaviest coat you and for the outboard seating will wear, so the extender will be positions of the four-passenger long enough for you. To help avoid bench seats. Instructions are personal injury, do not let someone included with the guides. else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety possible, below the rounding, belt. See the instruction sheet that throughout the pregnancy. comes with the extender. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-16 Seats and Restraints
Safety System Check Safety Belt Care Warning (Continued) Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. belt reminder light, safety belts, crash. To help make sure the buckles, latch plates, retractors, and { Warning safety belt systems are working anchorages are all working properly. properly after a crash, have them Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. inspected and any necessary damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In replacements made as soon as that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to possible. from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. crash. They can rip apart under safety belts may not be necessary. impact forces. If a belt is torn or But the safety belt assemblies that frayed, get a new one right away. Replacing Safety Belt were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. Make sure the safety belt reminder System Parts after a See your dealer to have the safety light is working. See Safety Belt Crash belt assemblies inspected or Reminders on page 5-14. replaced. Keep safety belts clean and dry. { Warning New parts and repairs may be See Safety Belt Care on page 3-16. necessary even if the safety belt A crash can damage the safety system was not being used at the belt system in the vehicle. time of the crash. A damaged safety belt system may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Airbag System If the van is equipped with a row passengers seated directly sliding door, the roof-rail airbag behind the front outboard The vehicle has the following for the front outboard passenger passenger. If the van is airbag: is separate from the roof-rail equipped with a 60/40 swing-out . A frontal airbag for the driver. airbag for the passenger seated door, a single roof-rail airbag directly behind the front outboard covers all three seating The vehicle may have the following passenger. If the van is positions. airbags: equipped with a 60/40 swing-out All vehicle airbags have the word . A frontal airbag for the front door, a single roof-rail airbag AIRBAG on the trim or on an outboard passenger. covers both seating positions. attached label near the deployment . A roof-rail airbag for the driver . A roof-rail airbag for the driver opening. on vans with single row seating. and the second and third row For frontal airbags, the word passengers seated directly . A roof-rail airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the behind the driver on vans with steering wheel for the driver and on outboard passenger on vans three or more seating rows. with single row seating. the instrument panel for the front . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver outboard passenger and the and the passenger seated For roof-rail airbags, the word second and third row AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. directly behind the driver on passengers seated directly vans with two row seating. behind the front outboard Airbags are designed to supplement . A roof-rail airbag for the front passenger on vans with three or the protection provided by safety outboard passenger and the more seating rows. belts. Even though today’s airbags passenger seated directly are also designed to help reduce If the van is equipped with a the risk of injury from the force of an behind the front outboard sliding door, the roof-rail airbag passenger on vans with two row inflating airbag, all airbags must for the front outboard passenger inflate very quickly to do their job. seating. is separate from the roof-rail airbag for the second and third Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { Warning { Warning Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, { Warning faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag when You can be severely injured or Anyone who is up against, or very it inflates can be seriously injured killed in a crash if you are not close to, any airbag when it or killed. Always secure children wearing your safety belt, even inflates can be seriously injured properly in the vehicle. To read with airbags. Airbags are or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily how, see Older Children on designed to work with safety close to the airbag, as you would page 3-28 or Infants and Young belts, not replace them. Also, be if you were sitting on the edge Children on page 3-30. airbags are not designed to inflate of your seat or leaning forward. in every crash. In some crashes Safety belts help keep you in safety belts are the only restraint. position before and during a See When Should an Airbag crash. Always wear your safety Inflate? on page 3-20. belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. hitting things inside the vehicle or Occupants should not lean on or There is an airbag readiness light being ejected from it. Airbags are on the instrument panel, which sleep against the door or side “supplemental restraints” to the shows the airbag symbol. safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with roof-rail airbags. The system checks the airbag vehicle should wear a safety belt electrical system for malfunctions. properly, whether or not there is The light tells you if there is an an airbag for that person. electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5-14. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Where Are the Airbags?
If the vehicle has one, the front Driver Side Shown, Passenger outboard passenger airbag is in the Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the If the vehicle has a single seating center of the steering wheel. passenger side. row and it has roof-rail airbags for the driver and front outboard passenger, the roof-rail airbags are in the ceiling above the side windows. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-20 Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag { Warning Inflate? If something is between an This vehicle is equipped with one or occupant and an airbag, the more airbags. See Airbag System airbag might not inflate properly on page 3-17. Airbags are designed or it might force the object into to inflate if the impact exceeds the that person causing severe injury specific airbag system's deployment or even death. The path of an threshold. Deployment thresholds inflating airbag must be kept are used to predict how severe a clear. Do not put anything crash is likely to be in time for the between an occupant and an airbags to inflate and help restrain Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put the occupants. The vehicle has Side Similar anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors which help the hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the If the vehicle has two seating rows, airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment roof-rail airbags for the driver, front thresholds can vary with specific outboard passenger, and second Never secure anything to the roof vehicle design. row outboard passengers are in the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags ceiling above the side windows. by routing a rope or tie down Frontal airbags are designed to If the vehicle has three or more through any door or window inflate in moderate to severe frontal seating rows, roof-rail airbags for opening. If you do, the path of an or near-frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe the driver, front outboard passenger, inflating roof-rail airbag will be injuries mainly to the driver or front and second and third row outboard blocked. passengers are in the ceiling above outboard passenger head and the side windows. chest. Whether the frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-21
It depends largely on what you hit, if the sensing system predicts that wheel or the instrument panel. In the direction of the impact, and how the vehicle is about to roll over on moderate to severe side collisions, quickly the vehicle slows down. its side. even belted occupants can contact Frontal airbags may inflate at In any particular crash, no one can the inside of the vehicle. different crash speeds depending on say whether an airbag should have Airbags supplement the protection whether the vehicle hits an object inflated simply because of the provided by safety belts by straight on or at an angle, and vehicle damage or repair costs. distributing the force of the impact whether the object is fixed or more evenly over the moving, rigid or deformable, narrow What Makes an Airbag occupant's body. or wide. Inflate? Rollover capable roof-rail airbags Frontal airbags are not intended to are designed to help contain the In a deployment event, the sensing inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear head and chest of occupants in the system sends an electrical signal impacts, or in many side impacts. outboard seating positions in the triggering a release of gas from the first, second, and third rows, The vehicle may or may not be inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the if equipped. The rollover capable equipped with roof-rail airbags. airbag causing the bag to break out roof-rail airbags are designed to Roof-rail airbags are designed to of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, help reduce the risk of full or partial inflate in moderate to severe side and related hardware are all part of ejection in rollover events, although crashes depending on the location the airbag module. of the impact. In addition, these no system can prevent all such For airbag locations, see Where Are roof-rail airbags are designed to ejections. the Airbags? on page 3-19. inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail But airbags would not help in many airbags are not designed to inflate in types of collisions, primarily frontal, near-frontal, or rear impacts. How Does an Airbag because the occupant's motion is All roof-rail airbags will inflate when Restrain? not toward those airbags. See either side of the vehicle is struck or When Should an Airbag Inflate? on In moderate to severe frontal or page 3-20 for more information. near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-22 Seats and Restraints
Airbags should never be regarded after an event that exceeds a as anything more than a supplement { Warning predetermined threshold. You can to safety belts. lock the doors, and turn off the When an airbag inflates, there interior lamps and the hazard What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust warning flashers by using the could cause breathing problems controls for those features. an Airbag Inflates? for people with a history of After the frontal airbags inflate, they asthma or other breathing trouble. { Warning quickly deflate, so quickly that some To avoid this, everyone in the people may not even realize an vehicle should get out as soon as A crash severe enough to inflate airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags it is safe to do so. If you have the airbags may have also may still be at least partially inflated breathing problems but cannot damaged important functions in for some time after they deploy. get out of the vehicle after an the vehicle, such as the fuel Some components of the airbag airbag inflates, then get fresh air system, brake and steering module may be hot for several by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle minutes. For location of the airbag If you experience breathing appears to be drivable after a modules, see What Makes an problems following an airbag moderate crash, there may be Airbag Inflate? on page 3-21. deployment, you should seek concealed damage that could The parts of the airbag that come medical attention. make it difficult to safely operate into contact with you may be warm, the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. There may The vehicle has a feature that may be some smoke and dust coming Use caution if you should attempt automatically unlock the doors from the vents in the deflated to restart the engine after a crash (if equipped with power door locks), airbags. Airbag inflation does not has occurred. turn on the interior lamps and prevent the driver from seeing out of hazard warning flashers, and shut the windshield or being able to steer off the fuel system after the airbags In many crashes severe enough to the vehicle, nor does it prevent inflate. The feature may also inflate the airbag, windshields are people from leaving the vehicle. activate, without airbag inflation, broken by vehicle deformation. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-23
Additional windshield breakage may Airbag On-Off Switch also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. If the instrument panel has one of the switches pictured in the . Airbags are designed to inflate following illustrations, the vehicle only once. After an airbag has an airbag on-off switch that you inflates, you will need some new can use to manually turn on or off parts for the airbag system. the front outboard passenger airbag. If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for Canada and Mexico the vehicle covers the need to This switch should only be turned to replace other parts. the off position if the person in the . The vehicle has a crash sensing front outboard passenger position is and diagnostic module which a member of a passenger risk group records information after a identified by the national crash. See Vehicle Data government as follows: Recording on page 13-14. United States Infant. An infant (less than . Let only qualified technicians 1 year old) must ride in the front work on the airbag systems. seat because: Improper service can mean that . My vehicle has no rear seat; an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for . My vehicle has a rear seat too service. small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-24 Seats and Restraints
. The infant has a medical Medical Condition. A passenger condition which, according to the has a medical condition which, Warning (Continued) infant's physician, makes it according to his or her physician: necessary for the infant to ride in Do not turn off the front outboard the front seat so that the driver . Causes the passenger airbag to passenger frontal airbag unless can constantly monitor the pose a special risk for the the person sitting there is in a risk child's condition. passenger; and group. . Makes the potential harm from Child age 1 to 12. A child the passenger airbag in a crash age 1 to 12 must ride in the front greater than the potential harm seat because: from turning off the airbag and . My vehicle has no rear seat; allowing the passenger, even if . Although children ages 1 to 12 belted, to hit the instrument ride in the rear seat(s) whenever panel or windshield in a crash. possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front { Warning because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or If the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is turned off for a . The child has a medical person who is not in a risk group condition which, according to the identified by the national child's physician, makes it United States necessary for the child to ride in government, that person will not the front seat so that the driver have the extra protection of an can constantly monitor the airbag. In a crash, the airbag will child's condition. not be able to inflate and help protect the person sitting there. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-25
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. For example, the front outboard passenger frontal airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switch is turned off. To help avoid injury to yourself or Canada and Mexico others, have the vehicle serviced United States To turn off the front outboard right away. See Airbag Readiness passenger frontal airbag, insert the Light on page 5-14 for more ignition key into the switch, push in, information, including important and move the switch to the off safety information. position. The airbag off light will come on to let you know the front outboard passenger airbag is off. The airbag off light will stay on to remind you that the airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off Light on page 5-15. The front outboard passenger airbag will remain off until you turn it back on Canada and Mexico again. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-26 Seats and Restraints
To turn the front outboard passenger module, steering wheel, instrument airbag on again, insert the ignition { Warning panel, any of the airbag modules, key into the switch, push in, and ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front move the switch to the on position. For up to 10 seconds after the sensors, rollover sensor module, vehicle is turned off and the or airbag wiring. The front outboard passenger battery is disconnected, an airbag frontal airbag is now enabled, and can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual may inflate. See Airbag On-Off service. You can be injured if you have information about the location Light on page 5-15 for more are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing and information. diagnostic module, and airbag inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring. They are probably part of the Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels on page 10-60 for Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing additional important information. should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so. of the airbag system in several If you have to modify your vehicle places around the vehicle. Your because you have a disability and dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the you have questions about whether information about servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the modifications will affect the vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the vehicle's airbag system, or if you purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, have questions about whether the Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet airbag system will be affected if the Information on page 13-11. metal, may keep the airbag system vehicle is modified for any other from working properly. The reason, call Customer Assistance. operation of the airbag system can See Customer Assistance Offices also be affected by changing any on page 13-3. parts of the front seats, safety belts, the airbag sensing and diagnostic Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-27
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash your dealer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag { Warning If the airbag readiness light stays on readiness light is working. See after the vehicle is started or comes Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag page 5-14. systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on not work properly and may not { Caution page 5-14. protect you and your If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag open or break the airbag systems are working properly coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as covering and/or airbag module possible. replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? on page 3-19. See your dealer for service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-28 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash. Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown ” on page 3-10. If a comfort guide abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the is not available, or if the severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. shoulder belt still does not rest injuries in a crash. on the shoulder, then return to Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort the booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on . Does the lap belt fit low and page 3-10. snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics, thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-29
In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued) who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen. properly. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should { Warning go over the shoulder and across the chest. Never allow more than one child to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and { Warning seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-30 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Warning (Continued) { Warning Children Everyone in a vehicle needs the way back into the retractor, Never hold an infant or a child protection! This includes infants and but it cannot do this if it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to all other children. Neither the wrapped around a child’s neck. crash forces, an infant or a child distance traveled nor the age and If the shoulder belt is locked and will become so heavy it is not size of the traveler changes the tightened around a child’s neck, possible to hold it during a crash. need, for everyone, to use safety the only way to loosen the belt is For example, in a crash at only restraints. In fact, the law in every to cut it. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) state in the United States and in Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a every Canadian province says in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's children up to some age must be children to play with the safety arms. An infant should be restrained while in a vehicle. belts. secured in an appropriate restraint. { Warning Every time infants and young Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's safety belt system nor cannot be loosened if it is locked. its airbag system is designed The shoulder belt locks when it is for them. pulled all the way out of the Children who are not restrained retractor. It unlocks when the properly can strike other people, shoulder belt is allowed to go all or can be thrown out of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-31
weight, height, and age but also Warning (Continued) whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor the front outboard seat, always vehicle in which it will be used. move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. { Warning The restraint manufacturer Children who are up against, instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and or very close to, any airbag when height limitations for a particular it inflates can be seriously injured child restraint. In addition, there or killed. Never put a rear-facing are many kinds of restraints child restraint in the front available for children with Q: What are the different types of outboard seat. Secure a special needs. rear-facing child restraint in a rear add-on child restraints? seat. It is also better to secure a A: Add-on child restraints, which forward-facing child restraint in a are purchased by the vehicle rear seat. If you must secure a owner, are available in four basic forward-facing child restraint in types. Selection of a particular (Continued) restraint should take into consideration not only the child's Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-32 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraint Systems { Warning { Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. In a safety belt may not remain low on crash, if an infant is in a the hip bones, as it should. rear-facing child restraint, the Instead, it may settle up around crash forces can be distributed the child's abdomen. In a crash, across the strongest part of an the belt would apply force on a infant's body, the back and body area that is unprotected by shoulders. Infants should always any bony structure. This alone be secured in rear-facing child could cause serious or fatal restraints. injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface child restraints. against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-36. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children age crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position. When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with If a child restraint is secured in the restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial front outboard passenger seat, and that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle has a switch on the may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the instrument panel to manually turn off booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint the front outboard passenger airbag, The child restraint instructions are see Airbag On-Off Switch on important, so if they are not page 3-23 and Securing Child available, obtain a replacement { Warning Restraints (Rear Seat) on page 3-43 copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or or Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) on page 3-45 for Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not more information, including child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child important safety information. collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions Never put a rear-facing child seat in properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the front. This is because the risk to the vehicle — even when no child is the rear-facing child is so great, in it. if the airbag deploys. In some areas of the United States Where to Put the and Canada, Certified Child Restraint { Warning Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, (CPSTs) are available to inspect A child in a rear-facing child children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child use and install child restraints. In or killed if the front outboard restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. This is the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating Highway Traffic Safety position. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-35
additional passengers or child Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the because the back of the move the front passenger seat as child restraint prevents access to or rear-facing child restraint would far back as it will go. It is better to interferes with the routing of the be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a safety belt. airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. child restraint can be seriously If the vehicle does not have a rear injured or killed if the front seat that will accommodate a When securing a child restraint in a rear-facing child restraint, a outboard passenger airbag rear seating position, study the rear-facing child restraint should not inflates and the passenger seat is instructions that came with your be installed in the vehicle, even if in a forward position. child restraint to make sure it is the airbag is off. compatible with this vehicle. Even if the airbag switch has Wherever a child restraint is turned off the front outboard Child restraints and booster seats installed, be sure to secure the child passenger frontal airbag, no vary considerably in size, and some restraint properly. system is fail-safe. No one can may fit in certain seating positions guarantee that an airbag will not better than others. Always make Keep in mind that an unsecured deploy under some unusual sure the child restraint is properly child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure circumstance, even though it is secured. people in the vehicle. Be sure to turned off. Depending on where you place the properly secure any child restraint in Secure rear-facing child restraints child restraint and the size of the your vehicle — even when no child in a rear seat, even if the airbag child restraint, you may not be able is in it. is off. If you secure a to access adjacent safety belt forward-facing child restraint in assemblies or LATCH anchors for the front outboard seat, always (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-36 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle. (LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint, Lower Anchors vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this designed to make installation of a manual. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top seats can be properly installed tether and anchor. using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can the vehicle s safety belts. Do not ’ be used until the combined weight use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing Lower anchors (1) are metal bars alone instead of the LATCH child seat. built into the vehicle. There are two anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH Booster seats use the vehicle s ’ combined weight is more than seating position that will safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with the booster seat. If the manufacturer lower attachments (2). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-37
Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of Second, Third, and Fourth Row restraint. the child restraint to the vehicle. with Three-Passenger Seat A top tether anchor is built into the i vehicle. The top tether (Top Tether Anchor): Seating attachment (2) on the child restraint positions with top tether anchors. connects to the top tether anchor in j (Lower Anchor): Seating the vehicle in order to reduce the positions with two lower anchors. forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in See the information following for a crash. installing a child restraint with a top tether in the second, third, and fourth row center positions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Do not install three child restraints in If the vehicle is equipped with a the same row at the same time and four-passenger fourth- or fifth-row never install two top tethers using seat, it does not have upper or the same top tether anchor. lower anchors. If a child restraint is placed in the four-passenger fourth or fifth-row seat, it must be secured using the vehicle safety belts. See “Rear Seat Position” under Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) on page 3-43 or Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) on page 3-45. Second, Third, and Fourth Row with Three-Passenger Seat — Passenger Van There are two top tether anchors in Front Passenger Position the second-, third-, and fourth-row i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating three-passenger seats. To install a positions with top tether anchors. child restraint in the rear driver-side seating positions, use anchor The second, third, and fourth row point (1). To install a child restraint with three-passenger seats have in the rear passenger-side seating exposed metal lower anchors in the positions, use anchor point (2). crease between the seatback and To install a child restraint in the rear the seat cushion. center seating positions, use anchor Front Passenger Position point (2). Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-39
There is a top tether anchor for the Securing a Child Restraint front passenger position with a front Designed for the LATCH { Warning passenger seat. The anchor is at System the rear of the seat cushion on the Do not attach more than one child right front passenger seat. restraint to a single anchor. { Warning Attaching more than one child Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint to a single anchor could position without a top tether anchor If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment if a national or local law requires not attached to anchors or with to come loose or even break that the top tether be attached, or if the safety belt, the child restraint during a crash. A child or others the instructions that come with the will not be able to protect the child could be injured. To reduce the child restraint say that the top tether correctly. In a crash, the child must be attached. risk of serious or fatal injuries could be seriously injured or during a crash, attach only one According to accident statistics, killed. Install a LATCH-type child child restraint per anchor. children and infants are safer when restraint properly using the properly restrained in a child anchors, or use the vehicle safety restraint system or infant restraint belts to secure the restraint, system secured in a rear seating following the instructions that { Warning position. See Where to Put the came with the child restraint and Restraint on page 3-34 for the instructions in this manual. Children can be seriously injured additional information. or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-40 Seats and Restraints
secure the restraints. Some Warning (Continued) { Caution restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether. shoulder belt is allowed to go all Do not let the LATCH the way back into the retractor, attachments rub against the 1. Attach and tighten the lower but it cannot do this if it is vehicle’s safety belts. This may attachments to the lower wrapped around a child’s neck. damage these parts. If necessary, anchors. If the child restraint If the shoulder belt is locked and move buckled safety belts to does not have lower attachments or the desired tightened around a child’s neck, avoid rubbing the LATCH seating position does not have the only way to loosen the belt is attachments. lower anchors, secure the child to cut it. Do not fold the empty rear seat restraint with the top tether and Buckle any unused safety belts with a safety belt buckled. This the safety belts. Refer to your behind the child restraint so could damage the safety belt or child restraint manufacturer children cannot reach them. Pull the seat. Unbuckle and return the instructions and the instructions the shoulder belt all the way out safety belt to its stowed position, in this manual. of the retractor to set the lock, before folding the seat. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for and tighten the belt behind the the desired seating child restraint after the child If you need to secure more than one position. restraint has been installed. child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.2. Put the child restraint on Where to Put the Restraint on the seat. page 3-34. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower This system is designed to make attachments on the child the installation of child restraints restraint to the lower easier. When using lower anchors, anchors. do not use the vehicle's safety belts. Instead, use the vehicle's anchors and child restraint attachments to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-41
2. If the child restraint manufacturer 2.3. Route and tighten the top recommends that the top tether tether according to your be attached, attach and tighten child restraint instructions the top tether to the top tether and the following anchor, if equipped. Refer to the instructions: child restraint instructions and the following steps: 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 2.2. For the second, third, and If the position you are using fourth row with does not have a headrest three-passenger seats only, or head restraint and you in the rear driver-side are using a dual tether, seating positions, use route the tether over the anchor point (1). For the seatback. rear passenger-side seating If the position you are using positions, use anchor does not have a headrest point (2). For the center or head restraint and you seating positions, use are using a single tether, anchor point (2). Never route the tether over the install two top tethers using seatback. the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is If the position you are using If the position you are using working properly after a crash, has an integrated headrest has an integrated headrest see your dealer to have the or head restraint and you or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, are using a single tether, system inspected and any route the tether around the route the tether over the necessary replacements made as headrest or head restraint. headrest or head restraint. soon as possible. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is If the vehicle has the LATCH system securely held in place. To check, and it was being used during a grasp the child restraint at the crash, new LATCH system parts LATCH path and attempt to may be needed. move it side to side and back New parts and repairs may be and forth. There should be no necessary even if the LATCH more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of system was not being used at the movement for proper installation. time of the crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-43
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat instructions that came with the child position does not have the LATCH restraint to make sure it is system, you will be using the safety compatible with this vehicle. belt to secure the child restraint in If the child restraint has the LATCH this position. Be sure to follow the system, see Lower Anchors and instructions that came with the child Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the System) on page 3-36 for how and child restraint when and as the where to install the child restraint instructions say. 3. Push the latch plate into the using LATCH. If a child restraint is If more than one child restraint buckle until it clicks. secured in the vehicle using a needs to be installed in the rear Position the release button on safety belt and it uses a top tether, seat, be sure to read Where to Put the buckle so that the safety belt see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Restraint on page 3-34. could be quickly unbuckled if Children (LATCH System) on necessary. page 3-36 for top tether anchor 1. Put the child restraint on locations. the seat. Do not secure a child seat in a 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run position without a top tether anchor the lap and shoulder portions of if a national or local law requires the vehicle safety belt through or that the top tether be anchored, or if around the restraint. The child the instructions that come with the restraint instructions will show child restraint say that the top strap you how. must be anchored. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-44 Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-36 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-45
Securing Child Restraints { Warning Warning (Continued) (Front Passenger Seat) This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints seat is a safer place to secure a restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraint. See or killed if the front outboard is off. If you secure a Where to Put the Restraint on passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in page 3-34. because the back of the the front outboard seat, always rear-facing child restraint would move the front passenger seat as On vehicles with an airbag on/off be very close to the inflating far back as it will go. It is better to switch, you can use this feature to airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a turn off the front outboard child restraint can be seriously rear seat. passenger frontal airbag. The switch is located on the instrument panel. injured or killed if the front See Airbag On-Off Switch on outboard passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is page 3-23 for more information, { Warning including important safety in a forward position. information. Even if the airbag switch has If the airbag readiness light ever Never put a rear-facing child seat in turned off the front outboard comes on and stays on, it means the front. This is because the risk to passenger frontal airbag, no that something may be wrong the rear-facing child is so great, system is fail-safe. No one can with the airbag system. For if the airbag deploys. guarantee that an airbag will not example, the front outboard deploy under some unusual passenger frontal airbag could circumstance, even though it is inflate even though the airbag turned off. on-off switch is turned off. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-46 Seats and Restraints
the instructions that come with the 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run Warning (Continued) child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions of must be anchored. the vehicle safety belt through or To help avoid injury to yourself or around the restraint. The child others, have the vehicle serviced In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have restraint instructions will show right away. See Airbag Readiness you how. Light on page 5-14 for more a top tether, and that the tether be information, including important attached. safety information. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that If the vehicle does not have a rear came with the child restraint and the seat that will accommodate a following instructions: rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should not 1. Move the seat as far back as it be installed in the vehicle, even if will go before securing the the airbag is off. forward-facing child restraint. If the child restraint uses a top When the airbag off switch has tether, see Lower Anchors and turned off the front outboard Tethers for Children (LATCH passenger frontal airbag, the off System) on page 3-36 for top tether indicator in the airbag off light 4. Push the latch plate into the anchor locations. should light and stay lit when the buckle until it clicks. vehicle is started. See Airbag Do not secure a child seat in a Position the release button on On-Off Light on page 5-15. position without a top tether anchor the buckle so that the safety belt if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on could be quickly unbuckled that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat. if necessary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Seats and Restraints 3-47
7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-36 for more information. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down grasp the child restraint at the out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the safety belt path and attempt to lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to move it side to side and back set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, and forth. When the child not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back restraint is properly installed, into the retractor. When installing there should be no more than a forward-facing child restraint, it 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. may be helpful to use your knee To remove the child restraint, to push down on the child unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and restraint as you tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
3-48 Seats and Restraints
If you turned the airbag off with the switch, turn on the front outboard passenger airbag when you remove the child restraint from the vehicle unless the person who will be sitting there is a member of a passenger airbag risk group. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-23 for more information, including important safety information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Front Storage Compartments This vehicle may have a front storage compartment. It is located at Storage Compartments the center of the instrument panel Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 { Warning extension, by the floor. To open the Front Storage ...... 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp compartment, pull up on the latch. The compartment will open objects in storage compartments. automatically. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and Storage compartments may also be could result in injury. included on the inside of each front door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
4-2 Storage
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-13 Vehicle Messages Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-29 Controls Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Battery Voltage and Charging Airbag On-Off Light ...... 5-15 Messages ...... 5-29 Charging System Light ...... 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-29 Controls Malfunction Compass Messages ...... 5-30 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-17 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-30 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Brake System Warning Engine Cooling System Horn ...... 5-3 Light ...... 5-19 Messages ...... 5-31 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-31 Compass ...... 5-4 Warning Light ...... 5-20 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-32 Clock ...... 5-6 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-21 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-32 Power Outlets ...... 5-7 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-32 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 Traction Control System Lamp Messages ...... 5-33 Ashtrays ...... 5-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-33 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-22 Indicators Ride Control System Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-33 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Security Light ...... 5-23 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-35 Indicators ...... 5-9 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 Security Messages ...... 5-35 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-23 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-35 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Tire Messages ...... 5-36 Odometer ...... 5-11 Information Displays Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-36 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Driver Information Vehicle Reminder Fuel Gauge ...... 5-11 Center (DIC) ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-37 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-12 Vehicle Personalization Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-38 Gauge ...... 5-13 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Controls 2. Release the lever to lock the c / x (Previous/End): Press to steering wheel in place. go to the previous favorite radio Do not adjust the steering wheel station, track on a CD, or folder on Steering Wheel ® while driving. an iPod or USB device. Also press Adjustment to reject an incoming call, or end a Steering Wheel Controls current call. Radio To select preset or favorite radio stations: Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset or favorite. CD To select tracks on a CD: For vehicles with a tilt steering Press and release w or c / x to wheel, the lever is located on the go to the next or previous track. left side of the steering column. If available, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering Selecting Tracks on an iPod or To adjust the steering wheel: wheel. USB Device 1. Pull the lever to move the w (Next): Press to go to the next 1. Press and hold w or c / x steering wheel up or down into a favorite radio station, track on a CD, while listening to a song until the ® comfortable position. or folder on an iPod or USB contents of the current folder device. display on the radio display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-3
2. Press and release w or c / x b / g (Push to Talk): Press to While listening to a CD, press and to scroll up or down the list, then silence the vehicle speakers only. hold ¨ to quickly move forward press and hold w , or press ¨ to Press again to turn the sound on. through the tracks. Release to stop play the highlighted track. For vehicles with Bluetooth or on the desired track. OnStar® systems, press and hold Navigating Folders on an iPod or + e : Press to increase volume. for longer than two seconds to USB Device interact with those systems. See − e : Press to decrease volume. 1. Press and hold w or c / x Bluetooth on page 7-20 and OnStar, while listening to a song until the if equipped. Horn contents of the current folder SRCE (Source/Voice Press the horn symbol in the middle display on the radio display. Recognition): Press to switch of the steering wheel to sound between the radio and CD, and for 2. Press and hold / to go the horn. c x equipped vehicles, the front back to the previous folder list. auxiliary. Windshield Wiper/Washer 3. Press and release w or c / x ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next to scroll up or down the list. radio station while in AM, FM, ® . To select a folder, press or SiriusXM . and hold w , or press ¨ For vehicles with a CD Player or when the folder is USB port: highlighted. Press ¨ to go to the next track or . To go back further in the chapter while sourced to the CD. folder list, press and hold The windshield wiper control is on c / x. Press ¨ to select a track or a folder the turn signal lever on the left side when navigating folders on an iPod of the steering wheel. or USB device. Turn the band with N on it to select the wiper speed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-4 Instruments and Controls
8 (Mist): Use for a single wipe. L (Washer Fluid): Push the compass variance by resetting the Hold the band on z , then release. paddle to spray washer fluid on the zone through the DIC if the zone is not set correctly. For several wipes, hold the band on windshield. The wipers will clear the z longer. window and then either stop or Compass variance is the difference return to the preset speed. between the earth's magnetic north 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Use and true geographic north. If the to adjust the delay time between compass is not set to the zone wipes. Turn the band up for more { Warning where you live, the compass may frequent wipes or down for less In freezing weather, do not use give false readings. The compass frequent wipes. the washer until the windshield is must be set to the variance zone in d (Low Speed): Slow wipes. warmed. Otherwise the washer which the vehicle is traveling. a (High Speed): Fast wipes. fluid can form ice on the To adjust for compass variance, use windshield, blocking your vision. 9 (Off): Use to turn the wipers off. the following procedure: When driving during the day and the Compass Variance (Zone) wipers are activated, the head Compass Procedure lamps automatically turn on after This vehicle may have a compass in 1. Do not set the compass zone completing eight wipe cycles. the Driver Information Center (DIC). when the vehicle is moving. Only set it when the vehicle is in Clear ice and snow from the wiper Compass Zone blades before using them. If frozen P (Park). Your dealer will set the correct zone to the windshield, carefully loosen or Press T until PRESS V TO thaw them. Damaged blades should for your location. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE be replaced. Under certain circumstances, such displays. as during a long distance Windshield Washer cross-country trip or moving to a The windshield wiper paddle is on new state or province, it will be top of the turn signal lever. necessary to compensate for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-5
5. If calibration is necessary, note pad holder, or any other calibrate the compass. See magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, “Compass Calibration move the magnetic item, then turn Procedure” following. on the vehicle and calibrate the compass. Compass Calibration To calibrate the compass, use the The compass can be manually following procedure: calibrated. Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean Compass Calibration Procedure and safe location, such as an open 1. Before calibrating the compass, parking lot, where driving the make sure the compass zone is vehicle in circles is not a danger. set to the variance zone in which It is suggested to calibrate away the vehicle is located. See 2. Find the vehicle's current from tall buildings, utility wires, “Compass Variance (Zone) location and variance zone manhole covers, or other industrial number on the map. Procedure” earlier in this structures, if possible. section. Zones 1 through 15 are If CAL should ever appear in the available. Do not operate any switches DIC display, the compass should be such as window, climate 3. Press V to scroll through and calibrated. controls, seats, etc. during the select the appropriate If the DIC display does not show a calibration procedure. variance zone. heading, for example, N for North, 2. Press T until PRESS V TO 3 or the heading does not change 4. Press until the vehicle after making turns, there may be a CALIBRATE COMPASS heading, for example, N for strong magnetic field interfering with displays. North, is displayed in the DIC. the compass. Such interference 3. Press V to start the compass may be caused by a magnetic CB or calibration. cell phone antenna mount, a magnetic emergency light, magnetic Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-6 Instruments and Controls
4. The DIC will display Press H a third time and the 2. Press the softkey under any one CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN 12HR or 24HR time format of the tabs to be changed. Every CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in begins flashing. time the softkey is pressed tight circles at less than 8 km/h again, the time or the date if (5 mph) to complete the 2. While either the hour or the selected, increases by one. minutes are flashing, turn the f calibration. The DIC will display Another way to increase the CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a knob, on the upper right side of few seconds when the the radio, clockwise or time or date is to press ¨ SEEK calibration is complete. The DIC counterclockwise to increase or or \ FWD (forward). display will then return to decrease the time. While the 3. To decrease, press SEEK or PRESS V TO CALIBRATE 12HR or 24HR time format is © s REV. Turn the f knob, on COMPASS. flashing, turn the f knob the upper right side of the radio, clockwise or counterclockwise to to adjust the selected setting. Clock select the default time settings. H Changing the Time and Date The clock can be set with either the 3. Press again until the clock Default Settings radio turned on or off. display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time; To change the time or date default AM-FM Radio otherwise, the flashing stops settings: To set the time: after five seconds and the 1. Press H and then the softkey H current time displayed is under the forward arrow that is 1. Press until the hour begins automatically set. flashing on the display. Press currently displayed on the radio this button a second time and Radio with CD/MP3 screen until the time 12H (hour) and 24H (hour), and the date the minutes begin flashing on To set the time and date: display. MM/DD (month and day) and 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, DD/MM (day and month) are DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, displayed. day, and year) display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-7
2. Press the softkey under the desired option. { Warning { Caution 3. Press H again to apply the Power is always supplied to the Hanging heavy equipment from selected default, or let the outlets. Do not leave electrical the power outlet can cause screen time out. equipment plugged in when the damage not covered by the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle warranty. The power Power Outlets vehicle could catch fire and cause outlets are designed for injury or death. accessory power plugs only, such The accessory power outlets can be as cell phone charge cords. used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or an MP3 player. { Caution Power Outlet 110 Volt The vehicle may have two Alternating Current Leaving electrical equipment accessory power outlets on the This power outlet can be used to plugged in for an extended period instrument panel. plug in electrical equipment that of time while the vehicle is off will uses a maximum limit of 150 watts. Remove the cover to access and drain the battery. Always unplug replace when not in use. electrical equipment when not in The 110 volt power outlet is on the Certain power accessory plugs may use and do not plug in equipment instrument panel. not be compatible to the accessory that exceeds the maximum An indicator light on the outlet turns power outlet and could overload 20 amp rating. on to show it is in use. The light vehicle or adapter fuses. If a comes on when the ignition is in problem is experienced, see your ON/RUN, equipment requiring less dealer. When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper than 150 watts is plugged into the installation instructions included with outlet, and no system fault is the equipment. See Add-On detected. Electrical Equipment on page 9-54. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-8 Instruments and Controls
The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled Ashtrays when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or electric blankets and touch if the equipment is not fully seated sensor lamps. If equipped with a removable into the outlet. ashtray, it can be placed into the . Medical equipment. front floor console cupholder. Open If equipment is connected using cover to use. more than 150 watts or a system Cigarette Lighter fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the If equipped with a cigarette lighter, { Caution to heat push it in all the way and let indicator light turns off. To reset the If papers, pins, or other circuit, unplug the item and plug it go. When it is ready for use, it will flammable items are put in the back in or turn the Retained pop back out by itself. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other Accessory Power (RAP) off and Do not use the lighter to plug in smoking materials could ignite then back on. See Retained accessory devices. Use the power them and possibly damage the Accessory Power (RAP) on outlets provided. page 9-19. vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray. The power outlet is not designed for { Caution the following, and may not work properly if they are plugged in: Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the . Equipment with high initial peak lighter back away from the wattage, such as heating element when it is hot. compressor-driven refrigerators Damage from overheating can and electric power tools. occur to the lighter or heating . Other equipment requiring an element, or a fuse could be extremely stable power supply, blown. Do not hold a cigarette such as lighter in while it is heating. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Waiting to do repairs can be signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle costly and even dangerous. before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-10 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-11
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge, when the ignition is see the Duramax diesel supplement on, indicates how much fuel is left in for more information. the vehicle fuel tank. An arrow on the fuel gauge Speedometer indicates the side of the vehicle the The speedometer shows the vehicle fuel door is on. speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) The gauge first indicates empty and miles per hour (mph). before the vehicle is out of fuel, and the fuel tank should be Odometer refueled soon. The odometer shows how far the Listed are four situations customers vehicle has been driven, in either might experience with the fuel kilometers or miles. gauge. None of these indicate a Metric problem with the fuel gauge: Trip Odometer . At the gas station, the fuel pump The trip odometer shows how far shuts off before the gauge the vehicle has been driven since reads full. the trip odometer was last reset. . It takes a little more or less fuel The trip odometer is accessed and to fill up than the fuel gauge reset through the Driver Information indicated. For example, the Center (DIC). See Driver gauge may have indicated the Information Center (DIC) on tank was half full, but it actually page 5-24. took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-12 Instruments and Controls
. The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. { Caution . The gauge does not go back to Lack of proper engine oil empty when the ignition is maintenance can damage the turned off. engine. Driving with the engine If the vehicle has a diesel engine, oil low can also damage the see the Duramax diesel engine. The repairs would not be supplement. covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as Engine Oil Pressure possible. Add oil if required, but if Gauge the oil level is within the operating English range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. The oil pressure gauge shows the Always follow the maintenance engine oil pressure in psi (pounds schedule for changing engine oil. per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals) when the engine is running. Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range. A reading in the low pressure zone Metric may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or other problem causing low oil pressure. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Engine Coolant See Engine Overheating on Temperature Gauge page 10-18. Voltmeter Gauge
English This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. Metric It also provides an indicator of how hard the vehicle is working. During a majority of the operation, the gauge When the engine is not running, but will read 100°C (210°F) or less. the ignition is on, this gauge shows If the vehicle is pulling a load or the battery's state of charge in going up hills, it is normal for the DC volts. temperature to fluctuate and When the engine is running, the approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. gauge shows the condition of the If the gauge reaches the 125°C charging system. Readings between (260°F) mark, it indicates that the the low and high warning zones cooling system is working beyond indicate the normal operating range. its capacity. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-14 Instruments and Controls
Readings in the low warning zone Safety Belt Reminders Airbag Readiness Light may occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating Safety Belt Reminder Light This light shows if there is an in the vehicle and the engine is left electrical problem with the airbag There is a safety belt reminder light system. The system check includes at an idle for an extended period. on the instrument cluster. This condition is normal since the the airbag sensor(s), passenger charging system is not able to sensing system (if equipped), the provide full power at engine idle. As pretensioners (if equipped), the engine speeds are increased, this airbag modules, the wiring, and the condition should correct itself as crash sensing and diagnostic higher engine speeds allow the module. For more information on the charging system to create maximum airbag system, see Airbag System power. on page 3-17. When the vehicle is started, this The vehicle can be only driven for a light flashes and a chime may come short time with the reading in either on to remind the driver to fasten warning zone. If it must be driven, their safety belt. Then the light stays turn off all unnecessary on solid until the belt is buckled. accessories. This cycle may continue several Readings in either warning zone times if the driver remains or indicate a possible problem in the becomes unbuckled while the The airbag readiness light comes on electrical system. Have the vehicle vehicle is moving. for several seconds when the serviced as soon as possible. If the driver safety belt is buckled, vehicle is started. If the light does neither the light nor the chime not come on then, have it fixed comes on. immediately. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-15
reminder that the airbag has been { Warning turned off. This light will go off when the airbag has been turned on. See If the airbag readiness light stays Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-23 on after the vehicle is started or for more information, including comes on while driving, it means important safety information. the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. Canada and Mexico
If there is a problem with the airbag { Warning system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. If the front outboard passenger See Airbag System Messages on frontal airbag is turned off for a page 5-35. United States person who is not in a risk group identified by the national Airbag On-Off Light government, that person will not have the extra protection of an When the front outboard passenger airbag is manually turned off using airbag. In a crash, the airbag will the airbag on-off switch on the not be able to inflate and help instrument panel, if equipped, the protect the person sitting there. indicator light OFF or the off symbol (Continued) will come on and stay on as a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-16 Instruments and Controls
Charging System Light Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Do not turn off the front outboard To help avoid injury to yourself or passenger frontal airbag unless others, have the vehicle serviced the person sitting there is in a risk right away. See Airbag Readiness group identified by the national Light on page 5-14 for more government. See Airbag On-Off information, including important Switch on page 3-23 for more safety information. This light comes on briefly when the information, including important ignition key is turned to START, but safety information. If the word ON or the on symbol is the engine is not running, as a lit, it means that the front outboard check to show it is working. passenger frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off If it does not, have the vehicle { Warning Switch on page 3-23 for more serviced by your dealer. information, including important If the airbag readiness light ever The light should go out once the safety information. comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on, that something may be wrong or comes on while driving, there could be a problem with the with the airbag system. For charging system. A charging system example, the front outboard message in the Driver Information passenger frontal airbag could Center (DIC) can also appear. See inflate even though the airbag Battery Voltage and Charging on-off switch is turned off. Messages on page 5-29 for more (Continued) information. This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt, or that there is an electrical problem. Have it Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-17
checked right away. If the vehicle If the malfunction indicator lamp must be driven a short distance with comes on while the engine is { Caution the light on, turn off accessories, running, this indicates that the such as the radio and air OBD II system has detected a Modifications made to the engine, conditioner. problem and diagnosis and service transmission, exhaust, intake, might be required. or fuel system of the vehicle or Malfunction the replacement of the original Malfunctions often are indicated by tires with other than those of the Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is same Tire Performance Criteria apparent. Being aware of the light A computer system called OBD II (TPC) can affect the vehicle's can prevent more serious damage (On-Board Diagnostics-Second emission controls and can cause to the vehicle. This system also Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in this light to come on. of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any Modifications to these systems are at acceptable levels, helping to malfunction. could lead to costly repairs not maintain a clean environment. The covered by the vehicle warranty. malfunction indicator lamp comes { Caution This could also result in a failure on when the vehicle is placed in to pass a required Emission ON/RUN, as a check to show it is Inspection/Maintenance test. See working. If it does not, have the If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications on vehicle serviced by your dealer. See page 10-2. Ignition Positions on page 9-14. controls might not work as well, the vehicle fuel economy might not be as good, and the engine might not run as smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-18 Instruments and Controls
This light may come on during a Light On Steady: An emission . Check that good quality fuel is malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has used. Poor fuel quality causes been detected on the vehicle. the engine not to run as Light Flashing: A misfire condition efficiently as designed and may has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be required. cause stalling after start-up, increases vehicle emissions and stalling when the vehicle is could damage the emission control The following may correct an changed into gear, misfiring, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission control system hesitation on acceleration, and service might be required. malfunction: or stumbling on acceleration. To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully These conditions might go away the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on once the engine is warmed up. page 9-42. The diagnostic . Reduce vehicle speed. If this occurs, change the fuel system may be able to brand used. It may require at . Avoid hard accelerations. determine if the fuel cap has least one full tank of the proper . Avoid steep uphill grades. been left off or improperly fuel to turn the light off. installed. A loose or missing fuel . If towing a trailer, reduce the cap could allow fuel to evaporate See Fuel on page 9-39. amount of cargo being hauled as into the atmosphere. A few If the light remains on, your dealer soon as it is possible. driving trips with the cap can check the vehicle. The dealer If the light continues to flash, find a properly installed may turn the has the proper test equipment and safe place to stop and park the light off. diagnostic tools to fix any vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at mechanical or electrical problems least 10 seconds, and restart the that might have developed. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-19
Emissions Inspection and the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Brake System Warning Maintenance Programs while the engine is off. See your dealer for assistance in verifying Light Depending on where you live, your proper operation of the The vehicle brake system consists vehicle may be required to malfunction indicator lamp. of two hydraulic circuits. If one participate in an emission control circuit is not working, the remaining system inspection and maintenance . The OBD II (On-Board Diagnostics) system determines circuit can still work to stop the program. For the inspection, the vehicle. For normal braking emission system test equipment will that critical emission control systems have not been performance, both circuits need to likely connect to the vehicle's Data be working. Link Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed. The vehicle would be considered not If the warning light comes on, there ready for inspection. This can could be a brake problem. Have the happen if the 12-volt battery has brake system inspected right away. recently been replaced or run down. The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control The DLC is under the instrument systems during normal driving. This can take several days of routine panel to the left of the steering Metric English wheel. See your dealer if assistance driving. If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the is needed. This light should come on briefly inspection for lack of OBD II system when ignition key is turned to ON/ The vehicle may not pass readiness, your dealer can prepare RUN. If it does not come on, have it inspection if: the vehicle for inspection. fixed so it will be ready to warn if . The malfunction indicator lamp is there is a problem. on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on when Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-20 Instruments and Controls
When the ignition is on, the brake If it does not, have the vehicle system warning light also comes on Warning (Continued) serviced by your dealer. If the when the parking brake is set. See system is working normally the Parking Brake on page 9-29 for crash. If the light is still on after indicator light then goes off. more information. The light stays on the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, If the ABS light stays on, turn the if the parking brake does not fully ignition off. If the light comes on release. If it stays on after the have the vehicle towed for service. while driving, stop as soon as it is parking brake is fully released, it safely possible and turn the ignition means the vehicle has a brake off. Then start the engine again to problem. Antilock Brake System reset the system. If the ABS light If the light comes on while driving, (ABS) Warning Light stays on, or comes on again while pull off the road and stop carefully. driving, the vehicle needs service. The pedal might be harder to push, If the regular brake system warning or the pedal might go closer to the light is not on, the vehicle still has floor. It could take longer to stop. brakes, but not antilock brakes. If the light is still on, have the If the regular brake system warning vehicle towed for service. See light is also on, the vehicle does not Towing the Vehicle on page 10-78. have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. { Warning For vehicles with the Antilock See Brake System Warning Light on Brake System (ABS), this light page 5-19. The brake system might not be comes on briefly when the engine is working properly if the brake started. system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-21
Tow/Haul Mode Light This light comes on when the If the light does not come on, have StabiliTrak system is turned off. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction If the system is working normally, Control System (TCS) is also off. the indicator light turns off. If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, If the light is on and not flashing, the the system does not assist in TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak controlling the vehicle. Turn on the system have been disabled. A DIC TCS and the StabiliTrak systems message may display. Check the For vehicles with the Tow/Haul and the warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which Mode feature, this light comes on See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning when the Tow/Haul Mode has been Stability Control on page 9-29. and whether the vehicle requires activated. service. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27. Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and flashing, the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak® OFF Light StabiliTrak system is actively working. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control on page 9-29.
This light comes on briefly when the This light comes on briefly while engine is started. starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10-52. come on, have the vehicle serviced Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through about tire pressures and the TPMS. { Caution the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have When the Light Is On Steady Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer. the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine underinflated. oil low can also damage the A Driver Information Center (DIC) engine. The repairs would not be tire pressure message may also covered by the vehicle warranty. display. See Tire Messages on Check the oil level as soon as page 5-36. Stop as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if possible, and inflate the tires to the the oil level is within the operating pressure value shown on the Tire range and the oil pressure is still and Loading Information label. See low, have the vehicle serviced. Tire Pressure on page 10-50. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light High-Beam On Light
The security light should come on This light comes on when the briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam serviced by your dealer. If the Changer on page 6-2. system is working normally, the English Shown, Metric Similar indicator light turns off. Cruise Control Light This light comes on for a few If the light stays on and the engine seconds when the ignition is turned does not start, there could be a on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent working. If it does not come on, system. See Immobilizer Operation have it fixed. on page 2-11. The low fuel warning light comes on and a chime sounds when the vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns This light comes on when the cruise off when fuel is added to the control is set. fuel tank. This light goes out when the cruise See Driver Information Center (DIC) control is canceled. See Cruise on page 5-24. Control on page 9-32. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-24 Instruments and Controls
Information Displays and fuel information. The compass DIC Buttons direction appears on the top right corner of the DIC display. The Driver Information outside air temperature Center (DIC) automatically appears in the bottom right corner of the DIC display. This vehicle has a DIC. If there is a problem with the system All messages will appear in the DIC that controls the temperature display at the bottom of the display, the numbers will be instrument cluster. replaced with dashes. If this occurs, The DIC comes on when the ignition have the vehicle serviced by your is on. After a short delay, the DIC dealer. will display the information that was If the vehicle has a diesel engine, last displayed before the engine see the Duramax diesel was turned off. supplement. The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle information, customization, and set/ The DIC displays trip, fuel, and DIC Operation and Displays vehicle system information, and reset buttons. The button functions warning messages if a system The DIC has different displays are detailed in the following pages. problem is detected. which can be accessed by pressing 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button the DIC buttons on the instrument to display the odometer, trip If the vehicle has these features, the panel, next to the instrument cluster. DIC also displays the compass odometers, fuel range, average direction and the outside air economy, fuel used, timer, average temperature when viewing the trip speed, and digital tachometer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-25
T (Vehicle Information): Press Trip/Fuel Menu Items The trip odometer has a feature called the retro-active reset. This this button to display the oil life, rear 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button can be used to set the trip odometer park assist, units, tire pressure to scroll through the following menu to the number of kilometers (miles) readings for vehicles with the Tire items: Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), driven since the ignition was last engine hours, Tire Pressure Monitor Odometer turned on. This can be used if the System (TPMS) programming for trip odometer is not reset at the Press 3 until XX km (mi) vehicles with the TPMS and without beginning of the trip. a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) displays. This display shows the distance the vehicle has been To use the retro-active reset feature, transmitter, and compass zone and press and hold V for at least compass calibration on vehicles driven in either kilometers (km) or four seconds. The trip odometer with this feature. miles (mi). will display the number of U (Customization): Press this Trip Odometers kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven button to customize the feature Press 3 until A or B displays. since the ignition was last turned on settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle This display shows the current and the vehicle was moving. Once Personalization on page 5-38 for distance traveled in either the vehicle begins moving, the trip more information. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since odometer will accumulate mileage. V (Set/Reset): Press this button to the last reset for each trip odometer. For example, if the vehicle was set or reset certain functions and to Both trip odometers can be used at driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is turn off or acknowledge messages the same time. started again, and then the on the DIC. retro-active reset feature is Each trip odometer can be reset to activated, the display will show 8 km zero separately by pressing V while (5 miles). As the vehicle begins the desired trip odometer is moving, the display will then displayed. increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles), 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-26 Instruments and Controls
If the retro-active reset feature is vehicle is driven on a freeway, the Fuel Used activated after the vehicle is started, number may change even though 3 but before it begins moving, the the same amount of fuel is in the Press until FUEL USED display will show the number of fuel tank. This is because different displays. This display shows the kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that driving conditions produce different number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) were driven during the last ignition fuel economies. Generally, freeway of fuel used since the last reset of cycle. driving produces better fuel this menu item. To reset the fuel economy than city driving. used information, press and hold V Fuel Range while FUEL USED is displayed. 3 If the vehicle is low on fuel, the Press until FUEL RANGE FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be Timer displays. This display shows the displayed. See Fuel System approximate number of remaining Messages on page 5-32. Press 3 until TIMER displays. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the This display can be used as a timer. vehicle can be driven without Average Economy To start the timer, press V while refueling. The display will show Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY LOW if the fuel level is low. TIMER is displayed. The display will displays. This display shows the show the amount of time that has The fuel range estimate is based on approximate average liters per passed since the timer was last an average of the fuel economy 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles reset, not including time the ignition over recent driving history and the per gallon (mpg). This number is is off. Time will continue to be amount of fuel remaining in the fuel calculated based on the number of counted as long as the ignition is tank. This estimate will change if L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the on, even if another display is being driving conditions change. For last time this menu item was reset. shown on the DIC. The timer will example, if driving in traffic and To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes making frequent stops, this display hold V. The display will return and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after may read one number, but if the to zero. which the display will return to zero. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-27
To stop the timer, press V briefly Blank Display When the remaining oil life is low, while TIMER is displayed. This display shows no information. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. To reset the timer to zero, press and Vehicle Information Menu See Engine Oil Messages on hold V while TIMER is displayed. Items page 5-31. You should change the T oil as soon as possible. See Engine Average Speed (Vehicle Information): Press Oil on page 10-6. In addition to the 3 this button to scroll through the engine oil life system monitoring the Press until AVERAGE SPEED following menu items: displays. This display shows the oil life, additional maintenance is average speed of the vehicle in Oil Life recommended in the Maintenance kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Schedule in this manual. See Press T until OIL LIFE per hour (mph). This average is Maintenance Schedule on calculated based on the various REMAINING displays. This display page 11-3. shows an estimate of the oil's vehicle speeds recorded since the Remember, you must reset the OIL remaining useful life. If you see last reset of this value. To reset the LIFE yourself after each oil change. 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the V It will not reset itself. Also, be value, press and hold . The display, that means 99% of the careful not to reset the OIL LIFE display will return to zero. current oil life remains. The engine accidentally at any time other than oil life system will alert you to Digital Tachometer when the oil has just been changed. change the oil on a schedule It cannot be reset accurately until Press 3 until consistent with your driving the next oil change. To reset the Tachometer ##00 RPM displays. conditions. engine oil life system, see Engine This display shows the engine Oil Life System on page 10-8. speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-28 Instruments and Controls
Park Assist Tire Pressure Engine Hours If the vehicle has the Rear Parking If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Press T until ENGINE HOURS Assist (RPA) system, press T until Monitor System (TPMS), the displays. This display shows the PARK ASSIST displays. This pressure for each tire can be viewed total number of hours the engine display allows the system to be in the DIC. The tire pressure will be has run. turned on or off. Once in this shown in either kilopascals (kPa) display, press to select between ON or pounds per square inch (psi). Relearn Tire Positions or OFF. The RPA system Press T until the DIC displays The vehicle may have this display. automatically turns back on after FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## To access this display, the vehicle each vehicle start. When the RPA RIGHT ##. Press T again until the must be in P (Park). If the vehicle system is turned off and the vehicle DIC displays REAR TIRES has the Tire Pressure Monitor is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. System (TPMS), after rotating the will display the PARK ASSIST OFF tires or after replacing a tire or message as a reminder that the If a low tire pressure condition is sensor, the system must re-learn the system has been turned off. See detected by the system while tire positions. To re-learn the tire Object Detection System Messages driving, a message advising you to positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor on page 5-33 and Parking Assist on check the pressure in a specific tire System on page 10-51. See Tire page 9-35. will appear in the display. See Tire Inspection on page 10-56, Tire Pressure on page 10-50 and Tire Rotation on page 10-56 and Tire Units Messages on page 5-36. Messages on page 5-36. Press T until UNITS displays. This If the tire pressure display shows display allows you to select between dashes instead of a value, there metric or English units of may be a problem with the vehicle. measurement. Once in this display, If this consistently occurs, see your press V to select between METRIC dealer for service. or ENGLISH units. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-29
Change Compass Zone Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and The vehicle may have this feature. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages To change the compass zone indicate the status of the vehicle or through the DIC, see Compass on SERVICE BATTERY some action may be needed to page 5-4. CHARGING SYSTEM correct a condition. Multiple Calibrate Compass messages may appear one after On some vehicles, this message another. displays if there is a problem with The vehicle may have this feature. the battery charging system. Under The messages that do not require The compass can be manually certain conditions, the charging immediate action can be calibrated. To calibrate the compass system light may also turn on in the acknowledged and cleared by through the DIC, see Compass on instrument cluster. See Charging page 5-4. pressing V (Set/Reset). System Light on page 5-16. Driving Blank Display The messages that require with this problem could drain the battery. Turn off all unnecessary This display shows no information. immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed. accessories. Have the electrical system checked as soon as All messages should be taken possible. See your dealer. seriously and clearing the message does not correct the problem. Brake System Messages The following are the possible messages and some information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM about them. This message displays along If the vehicle has a diesel engine, with the brake system warning see the Duramax diesel light if there is a problem with the supplement. brake system. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5-19. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-30 Instruments and Controls
If this message appears, stop as Door Ajar Messages close the door again. Check to see soon as possible and turn off the if the message still appears on vehicle. Restart the vehicle and CARGO DOOR OPEN the DIC. check for the message on the DIC This message displays and a chime PASSENGER DOOR OPEN display. If the message is still sounds if the cargo door is open displayed or appears again when while the ignition is in ON/RUN. This message displays and a chime you begin driving, the brake system Turn off the vehicle and check the sounds if the passenger door is not needs service as soon as possible. cargo door. Restart the vehicle and fully closed and the vehicle is in a See your dealer. check for the message on the DIC drive gear. Stop and turn off the display. vehicle, check the door for Compass Messages obstructions, and close the door DRIVER DOOR OPEN again. Check to see if the message CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN still appears on the DIC. CIRCLES This message displays and a chime sounds if the driver door is not fully RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays when closed and the vehicle is in a drive calibrating the compass. Drive the gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, On some vehicles, this message vehicle in circles at less than 8 km/h check the door for obstructions, and displays and a chime sounds if the (5 mph) to complete the calibration. close the door again. Check to see passenger side rear door is not fully See Compass on page 5-4 for more if the message still appears on closed and the vehicle is in a drive information. the DIC. gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, check the door for obstructions, and CALIBRATION COMPLETE LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN close the door again. Check to see This message displays when the On some vehicles, this message if the message still appears on compass calibration is complete. displays and a chime sounds if the the DIC. See Compass on page 5-4 for more driver side rear door is not fully information. closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, check the door for obstructions, and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-31
Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Engine Oil Messages ENGINE Messages CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the ENGINE HOT A/C (Air engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the Conditioning) OFF hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. This message displays when the idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be engine coolant becomes hotter than Coolant Temperature Gauge on sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE the normal operating temperature. page 5-13. OIL SOON message. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10-8 for See Engine Coolant Temperature ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Gauge on page 5-13. To avoid information on how to reset the added strain on a hot engine, the air ENGINE message. See Engine Oil on conditioning compressor This message displays and a chime page 10-6 and Maintenance automatically turns off. When the sounds if the engine cooling system Schedule on page 11-3. coolant temperature returns to reaches unsafe temperatures for ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL normal, the air conditioning operation. Stop and turn off the compressor turns back on. You can vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If the vehicle has an oil level sensor, continue to drive the vehicle. to avoid severe damage. This this message displays if the oil level message clears when the engine in the vehicle is low. Check the oil If this message continues to appear, level and correct it as necessary. have the system repaired by your has cooled to a safe operating temperature. You may need to let the vehicle cool dealer as soon as possible to avoid or warm up and cycle the ignition to damage to the engine. be sure this message clears. See Engine Oil on page 10-6. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-32 Instruments and Controls
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP This message also displays when TIGHTEN GAS CAP the engine power is reduced. ENGINE This message may display along Reduced engine power can affect with the check engine light on the This message displays if low oil the vehicle's ability to accelerate. instrument cluster if the fuel cap is pressure levels occur. Stop the If this message is on, but there is no not tightened properly. See vehicle as soon as safely possible reduction in performance, proceed Malfunction Indicator Lamp on and do not operate it until the cause to your destination. The page 5-17. Reinstall the fuel cap of the low oil pressure has been performance may be reduced the fully. See Filling the Tank on corrected. Check the oil as soon as next time the vehicle is driven. The page 9-42. The diagnostic system possible and have the vehicle vehicle may be driven at a reduced can determine if the fuel cap has serviced by your dealer. See Engine speed while this message is on, but been left off or improperly installed. Oil on page 10-6. acceleration and speed may be A loose or missing fuel cap allows reduced. Anytime this message fuel to evaporate into the Engine Power Messages stays on, the vehicle should be atmosphere. A few driving trips with taken to your dealer for service as ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED the cap properly installed should soon as possible. This message displays and a chime turn this light and message off. sounds when the cooling system Fuel System Messages temperature gets too hot and the Key and Lock Messages FUEL LEVEL LOW engine further enters the engine REPLACE BATTERY IN coolant protection mode. See This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY Engine Overheating on page 10-18 sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel for further information. as soon as possible. See Fuel This message displays if a Remote Gauge on page 5-11 and Fuel on Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter page 9-39 for more information. battery is low. The battery needs to be replaced in the transmitter. See “Battery Replacement” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-33
Lamp Messages Object Detection System SERVICE PARK ASSIST AUTOMATIC LIGHT Messages This message displays if there is a CONTROL OFF problem with the Rear Parking PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE Assist (RPA) system. Do not use This message displays when the OWNERS MANUAL this system to help you park. See automatic headlamps are turned off. This message displays if there is Parking Assist on page 9-35. See See Exterior Lamp Controls on something interfering with the Rear your dealer for service. page 6-1. Parking Assist (RPA) system. See AUTOMATIC LIGHT Parking Assist on page 9-35. Ride Control System CONTROL ON PARK ASSIST OFF Messages This message displays when the After the vehicle has been started, SERVICE STABILITRAK automatic headlamps are turned on. this message displays to remind the If the vehicle has StabiliTrak® and See Exterior Lamp Controls on driver that the Rear Parking Assist this message displays, it means page 6-1. (RPA) system has been turned off. there may be a problem with the TURN SIGNAL ON Press the set/reset button or the trip StabiliTrak system. If you see this odometer reset stem to message, try to reset the system. This message displays and a chime acknowledge this message and Stop; turn off the engine for at least sounds if a turn signal is left on for clear it from the DIC display. To turn 15 seconds; then start the engine 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn the RPA system back on, see again. If this message still comes signal lever to the off position. Parking Assist on page 9-35. on, it means there is a problem. You should see your dealer for service. The vehicle is safe to drive, however, you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce your speed and drive accordingly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-34 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX STABILITRAK OFF may also CONTROL STABILITRAK XX display when the stability control has been automatically disabled. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this There are several conditions that message displays when there is a message displays when the traction can cause this message to appear. problem with the Traction Control control and/or StabiliTrak systems System (TCS). When this message have been turned on or off. Adjust . One condition is overheating, displays, the system will not limit your driving accordingly. To limit which could occur if StabiliTrak wheel spin. Adjust your driving wheel spin and realize the full activates continuously for an accordingly. See your dealer for benefits of the stability extended period of time. service. See Traction Control/ enhancement system, you should . The message also displays if the Electronic Stability Control on normally leave StabiliTrak on. brake system warning light is on. page 9-29. However, you should turn See Brake System Warning StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets Light on page 5-19. STABILITRAK INITIALIZING stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow . If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this and you want to rock the vehicle to The message could display if the message may display until first attempt to free it, or if you are stability system takes longer driving the vehicle and exceeding driving in extreme off-road than usual to complete its 40 km/h (25 mph) for two minutes. conditions and require more wheel diagnostic checks due to driving The StabiliTrak system is not spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on conditions. functional until this message has page 9-8. To turn the StabiliTrak . The message displays if an turned off. See Traction Control/ system on or off, see Traction engine or vehicle related Electronic Stability Control on Control/Electronic Stability Control problem has been detected and page 9-29. on page 9-29. the vehicle needs service. See your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-35
The message turns off as soon as WAIT TO START SERVICE VEHICLE SOON the conditions that caused the This message displays briefly when This message displays when a message to be displayed are no the theft-deterrent system has non-emissions related malfunction longer present. initially found incorrect conditions occurs. Have the vehicle serviced within the vehicle and is making a by your dealer as soon as possible. Airbag System Messages double check. If your vehicle does STARTING DISABLED SERVICE AIRBAG not start soon after, try to start it again. If it still does not start, have SERVICE THROTTLE This message displays if there is a your vehicle serviced by your This message displays if the starting problem with the airbag system. dealer. of the engine is disabled due to the Take the vehicle to your dealer for electronic throttle control system. service. Service Vehicle Messages Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately. Security Messages SERVICE A/C SYSTEM This message only appears while SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT This message displays when the the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will SYSTEM electronic sensors that control the not disappear until the problem is air conditioning and heating resolved. This message displays when there systems are no longer working. is a problem with the theft-deterrent Have the climate control system This message cannot be system. The vehicle may or may not serviced by your dealer if you notice acknowledged. restart so you may want to take the a drop in heating and air vehicle to your dealer before turning conditioning efficiency. off the engine. See Immobilizer Operation on page 2-11 for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-36 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages The DIC also shows the tire TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE pressure values. See Driver If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure CHECK TIRE PRESSURE or Information Center (DIC) on Monitor System (TPMS), this TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE page 5-24. message displays when the system If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure SERVICE TIRE MONITOR is re-learning the tire positions on Monitor System (TPMS), this SYSTEM the vehicle. See Driver Information message displays when the Center (DIC) on page 5-24 for more pressure in one or more of the If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure information. The tire positions must tires is low. The low tire pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this be re-learned after rotating the tires warning light will also come on. See message displays if a part on the or after replacing a tire or sensor. Tire Pressure Light on page 5-22. system is not working properly. The See Tire Inspection on page 10-56, This message will also indicate tire pressure light also flashes and Tire Rotation on page 10-56, Tire which tire needs to be checked. You then remains on during the same Pressure Monitor Operation on can receive more than one tire ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure page 10-52, and Tire Pressure on pressure message at a time. To Light on page 5-22. Several page 10-50 for more information. read the other messages that may conditions may cause this message have been sent at the same time, to appear. See Tire Pressure Transmission Messages press the set/reset button. If a tire Monitor Operation on page 10-52 for pressure message appears on more information. If the warning GRADE BRAKING DISABLED comes on and stays on, there may the DIC, stop as soon as you can. This message displays when the Have the tire pressures checked be a problem with the TPMS. See your dealer. grade braking has been disabled and set to those shown on the with the Tow/Haul Mode button on Tire Loading Information label. See the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ Tires on page 10-41, Vehicle Load Haul Mode on page 9-27, Automatic Limits on page 9-9, and Tire Transmission on page 9-22, and Pressure on page 10-50. Cruise Control on page 9-32. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-37
GRADE BRAKING ENABLED TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder This message displays when the ENGINE Messages grade braking has been enabled with the Tow/Haul Mode button on { Caution ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ WITH CARE Do not drive the vehicle while the Haul Mode on page 9-27, Automatic This message displays when the transmission fluid is overheating, Transmission on page 9-22, and outside air temperature is cold Cruise Control on page 9-32. or the transmission can be enough to create icy road damaged. This could lead to GRADE BRAKING ON conditions. Adjust your driving costly repairs that would not be accordingly. This message displays when the covered by the warranty. grade braking has been activated while driving on downhill grades. This message displays along with a This message will only appear the chime if the transmission fluid in the first time the feature is activated in vehicle gets hot. Driving with the an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul transmission fluid temperature high Mode on page 9-27, Automatic can cause damage to the vehicle. Transmission on page 9-22, and Stop the vehicle and let it idle to Cruise Control on page 9-32. allow the transmission to cool. This SERVICE TRANSMISSION message clears and the chime stops when the fluid temperature This message displays when there reaches a safe level. is a problem with the transmission. See your dealer for service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-38 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle To change customization Feature Settings Menu Items preferences, use the following The following are customization Personalization procedure. features that allow you to program This vehicle may have Entering the Feature settings to the vehicle: customization capabilities that allow Settings Menu you to program certain features to DISPLAY IN ENGLISH one preferred setting. Customization 1. Turn the ignition on and place This feature will only display if a features can only be programmed to the vehicle in P (Park). language other than English has one setting on the vehicle and To avoid excessive drain on the been set. This feature allows you to cannot be programmed to a battery, it is recommended that change the language in which the preferred setting for two different the headlamps are turned off. DIC messages appear to English. drivers. 2. Press U to enter the feature Press U until the PRESS V TO All of the customization options may settings menu. DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen not be available on your vehicle. appears on the DIC display. Press If the menu is not available, Only the options available will be the set/reset button once to display FEATURE SETTINGS displayed on the DIC. all DIC messages in English. AVAILABLE IN PARK will The default settings for the display. Before entering the LANGUAGE customization features were set menu, make sure the vehicle is This feature allows you to select the when the vehicle left the factory, but in P (Park). may have been changed from their language in which the DIC default state since then. messages will appear. The customization preferences are automatically recalled. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-39
Press U until the LANGUAGE Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK It also allows you to select which screen appears on the DIC display. appears on the DIC display. doors and when the doors will automatically unlock. Press V once to access the settings Press V once to access the settings for this feature. Then press U to for this feature. Then press U to Press U until AUTO DOOR scroll through the following settings: scroll through the following settings: UNLOCK appears on the DIC V ENGLISH (default): All messages SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): display. Press once to access will appear in English. The doors will automatically lock the settings for this feature. Then press U to scroll through the FRANCAIS: All messages will when the vehicle is shifted out of appear in French. P (Park). following settings: ESPANOL: All messages will AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors OFF: None of the doors will appear in Spanish. will automatically lock when the automatically unlock. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the ARABIC: All messages will appear (8 mph) for three seconds. in Arabic. driver door will unlock when the key NO CHANGE: No change will be is taken out of the ignition. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver made to this feature. The current setting will remain. setting will remain. door will unlock when the vehicle is V shifted into P (Park). V To select a setting, press while To select a setting, press while the desired setting is displayed on ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. will unlock when the key is taken the DIC. A beep will sound once a out of the ignition. language has been selected. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default): All of the AUTO DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the doors will unlock when the vehicle is This feature allows you to select automatic door unlocking feature. shifted into P (Park). when the doors will automatically lock. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-40 Instruments and Controls
NO CHANGE: No change will be LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps feedback when unlocking the made to this feature. The current will flash when you press Q on the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if setting will remain. RKE transmitter. the doors are open. See Remote V Keyless Entry (RKE) System To select a setting, press while HORN ONLY: The horn will sound Operation on page 2-2. the desired setting is displayed on on the second press of Q on the U the DIC. RKE transmitter. Press until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN & LIGHTS (default): The display. Press V once to access exterior lamps will flash when you This feature allows you to select the the settings for this feature. Then type of feedback you will receive press on the RKE transmitter, and Q press U to scroll through the when locking the vehicle with the the horn will sound when Q is following settings: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) pressed again within five seconds of transmitter. You will not receive the previous command. LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps feedback when locking the vehicle will not flash when you press K on NO CHANGE: No change will be with the RKE transmitter if the doors the RKE transmitter. are open. See Remote Keyless made to this feature. The current Entry (RKE) System Operation on setting will remain. LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior K page 2-2. To select a setting, press V while lamps will flash when you press on the RKE transmitter. Press U until REMOTE DOOR the desired setting is displayed on LOCK appears on the DIC display. the DIC. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current Press V once to access the settings REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK U setting will remain. for this feature. Then press to This feature allows you to select the V scroll through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive To select a setting, press while the desired setting is displayed on OFF: There will be no feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the DIC. when you press on the RKE Q transmitter. You will not receive transmitter. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-41
DELAY DOOR LOCK ON (default): The doors will not 10 SECONDS (default): The This feature allows you to select lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for whether or not the locking of the door is closed. 10 seconds. doors will be delayed. When locking NO CHANGE: No change will be 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will the doors with the power door lock made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. switch and a door is open, this setting will remain. 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will feature will delay locking the doors V stay on for two minutes. until five seconds after the last door To select a setting, press while is closed. You will hear three chimes the desired setting is displayed on NO CHANGE: No change will be to signal that the delayed locking the DIC. made to this feature. The current feature is in use. The key must be EXIT LIGHTING setting will remain. out of the ignition for this feature to To select a setting, press V while work. You can temporarily override This feature allows you to select the delayed locking by pressing the amount of time you want the the desired setting is displayed on exterior lamps to remain on when it the DIC. power door lock switch twice or Q is dark enough outside. This APPROACH LIGHTING on the RKE transmitter twice. See happens after the key is turned from Delayed Locking on page 2-7. ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. This feature allows you to select Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK whether or not to have the exterior Press U until EXIT LIGHTING lamps turn on briefly during low light appears on the DIC display. V appears on the DIC display. periods after unlocking the vehicle Press once to access the settings V using the Remote Keyless U Press once to access the settings for this feature. Then press to for this feature. Then press U to Entry (RKE) transmitter. scroll through the following settings: scroll through the following settings: OFF: There will be no delayed OFF: The exterior lamps will not locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-42 Instruments and Controls
Press U until APPROACH CHIME VOLUME FACTORY SETTINGS LIGHTING appears on the DIC This feature allows you to select the This feature allows you to set all of display. Press V once to access volume level of the chime. the customization features back to the settings for this feature. Then U their factory default settings. U Press until CHIME VOLUME press to scroll through the appears on the DIC display. Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS following settings: Press V once to access the settings appears on the DIC display. V OFF: The exterior lamps will not for this feature. Then press U to Press once to access the settings turn on when you unlock the vehicle scroll through the following settings: for this feature. Then press U to with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will scroll through the following settings: ON (default): If it is dark enough be set to a normal level. RESTORE ALL (default): The outside, the exterior lamps will turn LOUD: The chime volume will be customization features will be set to on briefly when you unlock the their factory default settings. vehicle with the RKE transmitter. set to a loud level. The lamps will remain on for NO CHANGE: No change will be DO NOT RESTORE: The 20 seconds or until Q on the RKE made to this feature. The current customization features will not be transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle setting will remain. set to their factory default settings. is no longer off. See Remote There is no default for chime To select a setting, press V while Keyless Entry (RKE) System volume. The volume will stay at the the desired setting is displayed on Operation on page 2-2. last known setting. the DIC. NO CHANGE: No change will be V EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press while setting will remain. the desired setting is displayed on This feature allows you to exit the the DIC. feature settings menu. To select a setting, press V while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Instruments and Controls 5-43
Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. Press V once to exit the menu. If you do not exit, pressing U will return you to the beginning of the feature settings menu. Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs: . The vehicle is no longer in ON/RUN.
. The 3 or T DIC buttons are pressed. . The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited. . A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
5-44 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument Exterior Lamp Controls panel lights, and license plate Exterior Lighting lamps. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Exterior Lamps Off headlamps, parking lamps, Reminder ...... 6-2 taillamps, instrument panel lights, Headlamp High/Low-Beam and license plate lamps. Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 If the headlamps are turned on Automatic Headlamp while the vehicle is on, the System ...... 6-2 headlamps turn off automatically Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 10 minutes after the ignition is Turn and Lane-Change turned off. If the headlamps are The exterior lamp control is on the Signals ...... 6-3 turned on while the vehicle is off, instrument panel to the left of the the headlamps will continue to stay Interior Lighting steering wheel. on. To prevent the battery from Instrument Panel Illumination There are four positions: being drained, turn the control to the Control ...... 6-4 O position. Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 O (Off): Briefly turn the control to A warning chime sounds if the driver Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 this position to turn the automatic headlamps off or back on. door is opened while the ignition Lighting Features switch is off and the headlamps AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 are on. turns the exterior lamps on and off, Battery Load Management . . . . 6-6 depending on outside lighting. To change the headlamps from low Battery Power Protection ...... 6-6 beam to high beam, pull the turn signal lever all the way toward you. Then release it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
6-2 Lighting
Exterior Lamps Off turns on the headlamps, along with the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, Reminder parking lamps, roof marker lamps, If a door is open, a reminder chime and the instrument panel lights. The sounds when the headlamps or radio lights will also be dim. parking lamps are manually turned To turn off the automatic headlamp on and the key is out of the ignition. This instrument cluster light comes system, turn the exterior lamp To turn off the chime, turn the on when the high-beam headlamps control to the off position and then headlamp switch to O or AUTO and are on. release. then back on, or close and re‐open the door. In the auto mode, the Flash-to-Pass headlamps turn off once the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or may remain on This feature is used to signal to the until the headlamp delay ends, vehicle ahead that you want if enabled in the Driver Information to pass. Center (DIC). See “Exit Lighting” If the headlamps are off or in the under Vehicle Personalization on low‐beam position, pull the turn page 5-38. signal lever toward you to momentarily switch to high beams. Headlamp High/ Release the lever to turn the The vehicle has a light sensor Low-Beam Changer high-beam headlamps off. located on the top of the instrument 2 3 panel. Do not cover the sensor; (Headlamp High/Low-Beam Automatic Headlamp otherrwise the system will come on Changer): Pull the turn signal lever whenever the ignition is on. all the way toward you to change System the headlamps from low to high The system may also turn on the When it is dark enough outside and beam. Then release it. headlamps when driving through a the headlamp switch is in AUTO, parking garage or tunnel. the automatic headlamp system Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Lighting 6-3
There is a delay in the transition Lights On with Wipers | (Hazard Warning Flashers): between the daytime and nighttime If the windshield wipers are Press this button to make the front operation of the automatic activated in daylight with the engine and rear turn signal lamps flash on headlamp system so that driving on, and the exterior lamp control is and off. This warns others that you under bridges or bright overhead in AUTO, the headlamps, parking are having trouble. Press again to street lights does not affect the lamps, and other exterior lamps turn the flashers off. system. The automatic headlamp come on. The transition time for the system is only affected when the When the hazard warning flashers lamps coming on varies based on light sensor sees a change in are on, the vehicle's turn signals will wiper speed. When the wipers are lighting lasting longer than the not work. not operating, these lamps turn off. delay. Move the exterior lamp control to P Turn and Lane-Change If the vehicle is started in a dark ; garage, the automatic headlamp or to disable this feature. Signals system comes on immediately. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, Hazard Warning Flashers it takes approximately 30 seconds for the automatic headlamp system to change if it is light outside. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. G (Turn Signals): An arrow on See Instrument Panel Illumination the instrument cluster flashes in the Control on page 6-4. direction of the turn or lane change. To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
6-4 Lighting
To signal a lane change, raise or Have any burned out bulbs Interior Lighting lower the lever until the arrow starts replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, to flash. The turn signal check the fuse. See Fuses and automatically flashes three times Circuit Breakers on page 10-35. Instrument Panel and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it Illumination Control flashes six times. Holding the turn Turn Signal On Chime The knob for this feature is to the signal lever for more than If the turn signal is left on for more left of the steering column. one second causes the turn signals than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime to flash continually until the lever is sounds at each flash of the turn released. signal and the message TURN The lever returns to its starting SIGNAL ON also appears in the position when released. Driver Information Center (DIC). See Lamp Messages on page 5-33. To If after signaling a turn or lane turn off the chime and message, change the arrow flashes rapidly or move the turn signal lever to the off does not come on, a signal bulb position. may be burned out.
D (Instrument Panel Lights): Push the knob to extend and then turn clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights and the radio display. This only works if the headlamps or parking lamps are on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Lighting 6-5
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps The dome lamps come on when any If equipped with reading lamps, door is opened. They turn off after press the button next to each lamp all the doors are closed. to turn it on or off. The instrument panel brightness The vehicle may also have reading knob extends when D is pressed. lamps in other locations. The lamps To manually turn on the dome cannot be adjusted. lamps, press D then turn the knob clockwise to the farthest position. In this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened or closed. The dome lamp override sets the dome lamps to remain off or come Dome Lamp Override on automatically when a door is opened. The E DOME OFF button is above the instrument panel E DOME OFF: Press this button brightness knob. in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
6-6 Lighting
Lighting Features has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage generate more power, whenever display on the Driver Information needed. It can temporarily reduce Center (DIC), you may see the the power demands of some Entry/Exit Lighting voltage move up or down. This is accessories. The vehicle has an illuminated normal. If there is a problem, an Normally, these actions occur in entry/exit feature. alert will be displayed. steps or levels, without being The dome lamps come on if the E The battery can be discharged at noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, DOME OFF button is in the idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. this action may be noticeable to the extended position, when a door is This is because the generator driver. If so, a Driver Information opened, or the key is removed from (alternator) may not be spinning fast Center (DIC) message might be the ignition. enough at idle to produce all the displayed, such as SERVICE power that is needed for very high BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. Battery Load electrical loads. If this messages displays, it is Management A high electrical load occurs when recommended that the driver reduce The vehicle may have Electric several of the following are on, such the electrical loads as much as Power Management (EPM) that as: headlamps, high beams, fog possible. See Battery Voltage and estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, Charging Messages on page 5-29. and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, Battery Power Protection and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature shuts off the dome When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets. lamps if they are left on for more is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive than 10 minutes when the ignition is to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the battery from running down. the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Introduction The infotainment system has built-in Infotainment features intended to help avoid System distraction by disabling some Infotainment functions when driving. These Base radio information is included in functions may gray out when they Introduction this manual. See the navigation are unavailable. Many infotainment Infotainment ...... 7-1 manual for information on other features are also available through Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 available infotainment systems. the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls. Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 7-2 Read the following pages to Overview (Radio with become familiar with these features. Before driving: CD/MP3) ...... 7-4 Operation ...... 7-5 . Become familiar with the { Warning operation, faceplate buttons, and Radio screen buttons. Taking your eyes off the road for AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 . too long or too often while using Set up the audio by presetting Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 favorite stations, setting the any infotainment feature can Radio Reception ...... 7-9 tone, and adjusting the Fixed Mast Antenna cause a crash. You or others speakers. (Multi-Band) ...... 7-10 could be injured or killed. Do not Fixed Mast give extended attention to . Set up phone numbers in Antenna (Care) ...... 7-10 infotainment tasks while driving. advance so they can be called Limit your glances at the vehicle easily by pressing a single Audio Players button or by using a single voice CD Player ...... 7-11 displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands command if equipped with Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-16 Bluetooth phone capability. whenever possible. Phone See Defensive Driving on page 9-2. Bluetooth ...... 7-20 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-2 Infotainment System
To play the infotainment system with Overview (AM-FM Radio) the ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-19. Theft-Deterrent Feature The theft-deterrent feature works by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the infotainment system. The infotainment system does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.
Overview (AM-FM Radio)
1. 4 (Information) 2. FAV (Favorites Pages) . . Press to show information Press to scroll through the on the current station or favorite pages. track. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-3
3. MENU 8. H (Clock) 13. \ FWD (Forward) . Press to open the tone . Press to set the clock. . Press and hold to fast menu to adjust the bass, forward through a track. midrange, treble, fade, and 9. © SEEK balance. 14. SRCE . Seeks the previous station. 4. Buttons 1 - 6 . Press to scroll through 10. ¨ SEEK auxiliary devices, AM, FM, . Saves and selects favorite or SiriusXM, if equipped. stations. . Seeks the next station. 15. Auxiliary Input Jack (If 5. EQ (Equalizer) 11. P (Power/Volume) Equipped) . Press to adjust the . Press to turn the . Use to connect external equalizer. infotainment system on audio devices. or off. 6. f (Tone/Tune) . Turn to adjust the volume. . Press to set the bass or treble. 12. s REV (Reverse) . Turn to manually select . Press and hold to go radio stations. backward fast through a 7. CAT (Category) track. . Press to display a list of XM categories. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-4 Infotainment System
Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) 3. MENU . Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. 4. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 5. EQ (Equalizer) . Press to adjust the equalizer. 6. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) 7. CAT (Category) 1. 4 (Information) 2. FAV (Favorites Pages) . Press to display a list of XM . categories. . Press to show information Press to scroll through the on the current station or favorite pages. 8. H (Clock) track. . Press to set the clock. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-5
9. BAND 15. CD/AUX Press to display additional text information related to the current . Press to scroll through the . Press to scroll through available bands FM1, FM2, selecting the CD or an FM-RDS station or MP3 song. AM, or SiriusXM if auxiliary device. A choice of additional information equipped. such as Channel, Song, Artist, and 16. Auxiliary Input Jack (If CAT (category) can display. 10. © SEEK Equipped) Continue pressing to highlight the . desired tab, or press the softkey . Seeks the previous Use to connect external audio devices. under any one of the tabs and the station. information about that tab displays. 17. Z EJECT 11. ¨ SEEK Speed Compensated Volume . . Seeks the next station. Press to eject the (SCV): SCV automatically adjust loaded CD. the radio volume to compensate for 12. P (Power/Volume) road and wind noise as the vehicle speed changes while driving, so that . Press to turn the Operation the volume level stays consistent. infotainment system on Using the Radio or off. To activate SCV: O (Power/Volume): Press to turn . 1. Set the radio volume to the Turn to adjust the volume. the system on and off. desired level. 13. s REV (Reverse) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 2. Press the MENU button to to increase or decrease the volume. . Press and hold to go display the radio setup menu. backward fast through a 4 (Information): Press to switch 3. Press the softkey under the track. the display between the radio AUTO VOLUM (automatic station frequency and the time. 14. \ FWD (Forward) volume) tab on the radio display. While the ignition is off, press . Press and hold to fast this button to display the time. forward through a track. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-6 Infotainment System
4. Press the softkey under the MANUAL, or changing bass or . Press \ FWD or s REV. desired SCV setting (OFF, Low, treble, returns the EQ to the manual To quickly adjust all speaker and Med, or High) to select the level bass and treble settings. tone controls to the middle position, of radio volume compensation. Unique EQ settings can be saved press the f knob for more than The display times out after for each source. approximately 10 seconds. Each two seconds. higher setting allows for more Adjusting the Speakers If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is radio volume compensation at (Balance/Fade) turned on, the radio disables FADE faster vehicle speeds. BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To and mutes the rear speakers. Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) adjust the balance or fade: Radio Messages To adjust the bass or treble: 1. Press the f knob until the Calibration Error: The audio 1. Press the f knob until Bass or speaker control tabs display. system has been calibrated for the vehicle from the factory. Treble displays. 2. Highlight the desired speaker If Calibration Error displays, it control tab by doing one of the 2. To adjust the setting, do one of means that the radio has not been following: the following: configured properly for the vehicle . f and it must be returned to your . f Press the knob. Turn the knob. dealer for service. . Press the softkey under the . Press either ¨ SEEK, desired tab. VIN or NO VIN: One of these or © SEEK. messages will display when the 3. Adjust the setting by doing one TheftLock system has locked up the EQ (Equalization): Press this of the following: radio. Take the vehicle to your button to choose bass and treble . f dealer for service. equalization settings designed for Turn the knob clockwise different types of music. Selecting or counterclockwise. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected, . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. contact your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-7
Radio f (Tune): Turn clockwise or to the next stored preset. The counterclockwise to increase or station frequency flashes while the AM-FM Radio decrease the station frequency. radio is in the scan mode. © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Storing a Radio Station as a Radio Data System (RDS) Press © SEEK to go to the Favorite The radio may have an RDS. The previous or ¨ SEEK to go to the You are encouraged to set up radio RDS feature is available for use next station and stay there. station favorites while the vehicle is only on FM stations that broadcast parked. Tune to favorite stations To scan stations, press and hold RDS information. This system relies using the presets, favorites button, either button for two seconds until a upon receiving specific information and steering wheel controls, beep sounds. The radio goes to a from these stations and only works if equipped. See Defensive Driving station, plays for a few seconds, when the information is available. on page 9-2. While the radio is tuned to an then goes to the next station. For FM-RDS station, the station name AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle has or call letters display. In rare cases, the station frequency flashes while a FAV button, a maximum of a radio station could broadcast the radio is in the scan mode. Press 36 stations can be programmed as incorrect information that causes the either button again to stop scanning. favorites using the six softkeys below the radio station frequency radio features to work improperly. The radio seeks and scans stations tabs and by using the radio favorites If this happens, contact the radio only with a strong signal that are in page button (FAV button). Press the station. the selected band. FAV button to go through up to Finding a Station Scan presets within the current six pages of favorites, each having BAND or SRCE: Press to switch selected band by pressing and six favorite stations available per between FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. holding either SEEK button for page. Each page of favorites can The selection displays. four seconds until a double beep contain any combination of AM and sounds. The radio goes to a stored FM stations. preset, plays for a few seconds if a strong signal is present, then goes Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-8 Infotainment System
The balance/fade and tone settings 3. Select the desired number of Finding a Channel that were previously adjusted, are favorites pages by pressing the BAND or SRCE: Press to switch stored with the favorite stations. softkey below the displayed between FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. page numbers. To store a station as a favorite: The selection displays. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 1. Tune to the desired radio station. f (Tune): Turn clockwise or menu time out, to return to the counterclockwise to increase or 2. Press the FAV button to display original main radio screen decrease the station frequency. the page where the station is to showing the radio station be stored. frequency tabs and to begin the © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: 3. Press and hold one of the process of programming Press © SEEK to go to the favorites for the chosen number six softkeys until a beep sounds. previous or SEEK to go to the of numbered pages. ¨ When that softkey is pressed next station and stay there. and released, the station that was set, returns. Satellite Radio To scan stations, press and hold ® either button for two seconds until a 4. Repeat the steps for each SiriusXM , if equipped, is a satellite beep sounds. The radio goes to a softkey radio station to be stored radio service based in the United station, plays for a few seconds, as a favorite. States and Canada only. then goes to the next station. The The number of favorites pages can Finding a Category (CAT) station frequency flashes while the be set up using the MENU button. Station radio is in the scan mode. Press To set up the number of favorites either button again to stop scanning. pages: CAT (Category): The CAT button is used to find XM channels (if The radio seeks and scans stations 1. Press the MENU button to equipped) while the radio is in the only with a strong signal that are in display the radio setup menu. XM mode. the selected band. 2. Press the softkey below the To scan presets within the current FAV 1-6 tab. selected band by pressing and holding either SEEK button for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-9
four seconds until a double beep page. Each page of favorites can 2. Press the softkey below the sounds. The radio goes to a stored contain any combination of AM and FAV 1-6 tab. preset, plays for a few seconds if a FM stations. 3. Select the desired number of strong signal is present, then goes The balance/fade and tone settings favorites pages by pressing the to the next stored preset. The that were previously adjusted, are softkey below the displayed station frequency flashes while the stored with the favorite stations. page numbers. radio is in the scan mode. To store a station as a favorite: 4. Press the FAV button, or let the Storing a Radio Station as a 1. Tune to the desired radio station. menu time out, to return to the Favorite original main radio screen 2. Press the FAV button to display Drivers are encouraged to set up showing the radio station the page where the station is to radio station favorites while the frequency tabs and to begin the be stored. vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite process of programming stations using the presets, favorites 3. Press and hold one of the favorites for the chosen number button, and steering wheel controls, six softkeys until a beep sounds. of numbered pages. if the vehicle has this feature. See When that softkey is pressed Defensive Driving on page 9-2. and released, the station that Radio Reception was set, returns. FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle has Frequency interference and static a FAV button, a maximum of 4. Repeat the steps for each can occur during normal radio 36 stations can be programmed as softkey radio station to be stored reception if items such as cell phone favorites using the six softkeys as a favorite. chargers, vehicle convenience accessories, and external electronic below the radio station frequency The number of favorites pages can devices are plugged into the tabs and by using the radio favorites be set up using the MENU button. accessory power outlet. If there is page button (FAV button). Press the To set up the number of favorites interference or static, unplug the FAV button to go through up to pages: six pages of favorites, each having item from the accessory power six favorite stations available per 1. Press the MENU button to outlet. display the radio setup menu. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-10 Infotainment System
AM charging the phone's battery, Fixed Mast or simply having the phone on. This The range for most AM stations is interference causes an increased Antenna (Care) greater than for FM, especially at level of static while listening to the The fixed mast antenna can night. The longer range can cause radio. If static is received while withstand most car washes without station frequencies to interfere with listening to the radio, unplug the being damaged as long as it is each other. For better radio cellular phone and turn it off. securely attached to the base. If the reception, most AM radio stations mast becomes slightly bent, boost the power levels during the straighten it out by hand. If the mast day, and then reduce these levels Fixed Mast Antenna is badly bent, replace it. during the night. Static can also (Multi-Band) Make sure there is sufficient occur when things like storms and The multi-band antenna is on the clearance when entering garages or power lines interfere with radio roof of the vehicle. The antenna is parking structures. reception. When this happens, try used for the Navigation System, reducing the treble on the radio. OnStar® and the SiriusXM® Satellite Occasionally check to make sure FM Stereo Radio Service System if the vehicle the antenna is tightened to its base. has these features. Tall buildings, If tightening is required, tighten FM stereo gives the best sound, but hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels, by hand. FM signals reach only about 16 to bridges, and garages will affect 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or reception. Keep the antenna clear of hills can interfere with FM signals, obstructions for clear reception. causing the sound to fade in Make sure there is sufficient and out. clearance when entering garages or Cellular Phone Usage parking structures. Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the radio. This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-11
Audio Players the CD does not play properly or not Caution (Continued) at all. Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it; this could CD Player the CD player, use only CDs in damage the surface. Pick up CDs good condition without any label, Care of the CD Player by the outer edges or the edge of load one CD at a time, and keep the hole and the outer edge. Do not add any label to a CD. the CD player and the loading slot It could get caught in the CD. If a free of foreign materials, liquids, If the surface of a CD is soiled, CD is recorded on a personal and debris. clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or computer and a description label is dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, needed, try labeling the top of the neutral detergent solution mixed If an error displays, see CD Player recorded CD with a marking pen. “ with water. Make sure the wiping Messages” later in this section. process starts from the center to The use of CD lens cleaners is not the edge. advised, due to the risk of Care of CDs contaminating the lens of the CD If playing a CD-R, the sound quality Inserting a CD optics with lubricants internal to the can be reduced due to CD-R or Insert a CD partway into the slot, CD player mechanism. CD-RW quality, the method of label side up. The player pulls it in recording, the quality of the music and the CD should begin playing. { Caution that has been recorded, and the way the CD-R or CD-RW has been Ejecting a CD If a label is added to a CD, more handled. Handle them carefully. Z EJECT: Press and release to than one CD is inserted into the Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their eject the disc. Remove the CD slot at a time, or an attempt is original cases or other protective when Remove Disc displays. If the made to play scratched or cases and away from direct sunlight disc is not removed, after several damaged CDs, the CD player and dust. The CD player scans the seconds the disc is automatically could be damaged. While using bottom surface of the disc. If the pulled back into the player. surface of a CD is damaged, such (Continued) as cracked, broken, or scratched, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-12 Infotainment System
Playing a CD device; see Auxiliary Devices on Press and hold, or press multiple page 7-16. If a portable audio player times, to continue moving forward If the ignition or radio is turned off is not connected, No Input Device through the tracks on the CD. with a CD in the player, it stays in “ Found displays. the player. When the ignition or ” s REV (Reverse): Press and hold radio is turned on, the CD starts 4 (Information): Press to display to reverse playback quickly within a playing where it stopped, if it was additional text information related to track. the last selected audio source. the current song. If information is \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press available, the song title information When a CD is inserted, the CD and hold to advance playback displays on the top line of the symbol displays on the left side of quickly within a track. display and artist information the radio display. As each new track displays on the bottom line. When RDM (Random): For Radios with starts to play, the track number information is not available, NO CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in displays. INFO displays. random, rather than sequential The CD player can play the smaller order. f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an the CD that is currently playing. To use random: adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same © SEEK: Press to go to the start of 1. Press the softkey under the manner. the current track if more than RDM tab until Random Current 10 seconds on the CD have played. Disc displays. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to cycle between CD or Auxiliary when Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn listening to the radio. The CD icon less than 10 seconds on the CD off random play. and a message showing the disc have played. MP3-Supported Files and/or track number will display Press and hold, or press multiple Radios with CD/MP3 have the when a CD is in the player. Press times, to continue moving backward capability of playing an MP3 CD-R again and the system automatically through the tracks on the CD. searches for an auxiliary input or CD-RW disc. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next track. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-13
Format . Up to 255 files. Tracks are played in the following Radios that have the capability of . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl order: playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma extension. . Play begins from the first track in files that were recorded onto a . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda the first playlist and continues CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can file extension. sequentially through all tracks in be recorded with the following fixed each playlist. When the last bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, Root Directory track of the last playlist has 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, The root directory is treated as a played, play continues from the 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, folder. Files are stored in the root first track of the first playlist. 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or directory when the disc or storage . Play begins from the first track in a variable bit rate. device does not contain folders. the first folder and continues Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Files accessed from the root sequentially through all tracks in Discs directory of a CD display as each folder. When the last track F1 ROOT. of the last folder has played, The radio can play discs that play continues from the first contain both uncompressed CD Empty Folder track of the first folder. audio and MP3 files. If both formats Folders that do not contain files are are on the disc, the radio reads all skipped, and the player advances to File System and Naming MP3 files first, then the the next folder that contains files. The song name that displays is uncompressed CD audio files. Order of Play the song name contained in the ID3 CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File tag. If the song name is not present and Folder Structure Compressed audio files are in the ID3 tag, then the radio accessed in the following order: displays the file name without the The radio supports: . Playlists (Px). extension (such as .mp3) as the . Up to 50 folders. track name. . Files stored in the root directory. . Up to eight folders in depth. . Files stored in folders in the root . Up to 50 playlists. directory. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-14 Infotainment System
Track names longer than contains more than the maximum of ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next 32 characters or four pages are 50 folders, 15 playlists, and track. Press and hold or press shortened. The display does not 512 folders and files, the player multiple times to continue moving show parts of words on the last allows access and navigates up to forward through tracks. page of text, and the extension of the maximum, but all items over the the file name is not displayed. maximum are not accessible. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold to reverse playback quickly. Sound Preprogrammed Playlists Playing an MP3 is heard at a reduced volume and CDs that have preprogrammed 4 (Information): Press to display the elapsed time of the file displays. playlists created using WinAmp®, additional text information related to Release s REV to resume playing. ® ® MusicMatch , or RealPlayer the current song. If information is \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press software can be accessed; however, available, the song title information and hold to advance playback there is no playlist-editing capability displays on the top line of the quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced using the radio. These playlists are display and artist information volume and the elapsed time of the treated as special folders containing displays on the bottom line. When file displays. Release \ FWD to compressed audio song files. information is not available, NO resume playing. The elapsed time of Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls INFO displays. f the file displays. file extension and are stored on a (Tune): Turn to select MP3s on S c USB device may be supported by the CD currently playing. (Previous Folder): Press the radio with a USB port. the softkey below the S c tab to SEEK: Press to go to the start of © go to the first track in the previous Playlists can be changed by using the track, if more than 10 seconds folder. S c have played. Press and hold or the softkeys below the and c T c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK press multiple times to continue (Next Folder): Press the c T button, or the ¨ SEEK button. An moving backward through tracks. softkey below the tab to go to MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been the first track in the next folder. recorded without using file folders can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-15
RDM (Random): For Radios with are played, the player moves to the alphabetical order on the CD and CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing MP3s from that random, rather than sequential begins playing files by that artist. album. order. To listen to files by another artist, To exit music navigator mode, press To use random: press the softkey below either arrow the softkey below the Back tab to 1. Press the softkey under the tab. The disc goes to the next or return to normal MP3 playback. previous artist in alphabetical order. RDM tab until Random Current CD Player Messages Disc displays. Continue pressing either softkey below the arrow tab until the desired CHECK DISC: If this message 2. Press the softkey again to turn artist displays. displays and/or the CD ejects, it off random play. To change from playback by artist to could be for one of the following h (Music Navigator): Press the playback by album: reasons: h . softkey below the tab to play 1. Press the softkey below the Sort It is very hot. When the the files in order by artist or album. By tab. temperature returns to normal, the CD should play. The player scans the disc to sort the 2. Press one of the softkeys below files by artist and album ID3 tag the Album tab from the sort . The road is very rough. When information. It can take several screen. the road becomes smoother, the minutes to scan the disc depending CD should play. on the number of files on the disc. 3. Press the softkey below the Back tab to return to the main . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, The radio may begin playing while it or upside down. is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. The album name displays on the . The air is very humid. If so, wait When the scan is finished, the disc about an hour and try again. begins playing files in order by second line between the arrows, artist. The current artist playing is and songs from the current album . There was a problem while shown on the second line of the begin to play. Once all songs from burning the CD. display. Once all songs by that artist that album have played, the player moves to the next album in Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-16 Infotainment System
. The label is caught in the CD Drivers are encouraged to set up BAND: If equipped, press to listen player. any auxiliary device while the to the radio when a portable audio If the CD is not playing correctly, for vehicle is in P (Park). See device is playing. The portable any other reason, try a known Defensive Driving on page 9-2 for audio device continues playing. good CD. more information on driver CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): distraction. If any error occurs repeatedly or if If equipped, press to play a CD an error cannot be corrected, To use a portable audio player, when a portable audio device is contact your dealer. If the radio connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to playing. Press again and the system displays an error message, write it the radio's front auxiliary input jack. begins playing audio from the down and provide it to your dealer When a device is connected, press connected portable audio player. If a when reporting the problem. the radio CD/AUX button to begin portable audio player is not playing audio from the device over connected, “No Input Device Found” Auxiliary Devices the vehicle speakers. displays. For optimal sound quality, increase SRCE (Source): If equipped, press Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the portable audio device's volume to listen to the radio when a portable Radios with an auxiliary input jack to the loudest level. audio device is playing. The on the lower right side of the It is always best to power the portable audio device continues faceplate can connect to an external playing. ® portable audio device through its audio device such as an iPod , own battery while playing. Press to play a CD when a portable MP3 player, or CD player, for use as O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise audio device is playing. Press again another source for audio listening. and the system begins playing This input jack is not an audio or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable audio from the connected portable output; do not plug headphones into audio player. If a portable audio the front auxiliary input jack. player. Additional volume adjustments might have to be made player is not connected, “No Input from the portable device if the Device Found” displays. volume is not loud or soft enough. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-17
Using the USB Port USB-Supported Devices USB-Supported File and Folder Structure Radios with a USB port can control . USB flash drive ® The radio supports: a USB storage device or an iPod . Portable USB hard drive using the radio buttons and knobs. . Up to 700 folders. See “Playing an MP3” in CD Player . Fifth generation or later iPod ® . Up to eight folders in depth. on page 7-11 for information about . iPod nano how to connect and control a USB . . ® Up to 65,535 files. storage device or an iPod. iPod touch ® . Folder and file names up to . iPod classic USB Support 64 bytes. Not all iPods and USB drives are . compatible with the USB port. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file extension. Make sure the iPod has the . latest firmware from Apple® for AAC files stored on an iPod. proper operation. iPod firmware . FAT16. can be updated using the latest . FAT32. iTunes® application. See www.apple.com/itunes. Connecting a USB Storage For help with identifying the iPod, go Device or iPod to www.apple.com/support. The USB port can be used to Radios that have a USB port can control an iPod or a USB storage play.mp3 and .wma files that are device. If equipped, the USB port is on the stored on a USB storage device as To connect a USB storage device, instrument panel and uses the well as AAC files that are stored on connect the device to the USB port USB 2.0 standard. an iPod. on the instrument panel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-18 Infotainment System
To connect an iPod, connect one Using the Radio to Control a \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press end of the USB cable that came USB Storage Device or iPod and hold to advance playback with the iPod to the iPod’s dock The radio can control a USB quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced connector and connect the other volume. Release \ FWD to end to the USB port on the storage device or an iPod using the resume playing. The elapsed time of instrument panel. If the vehicle is on radio buttons and knobs, and display song information on the the file displays. and the USB connection works, “OK radio display. to disconnect” and a GM logo may 4 (Information): Press to display appear on the iPod, and iPod f (Tune): Turn to select files. additional information about the appears on the radio display. The selected track. SEEK: Press to go to the start of iPod music appears on the radio © the track, if more than 10 seconds display and begins playing. Using Softkeys to Control a have played. Press and hold or USB Storage Device or iPod The iPod charges while it is press multiple times to continue connected to the vehicle if the moving backward through tracks. The five softkeys below the radio vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY display are used to control the SEEK: Press to go to the next or ON/RUN position. When the ¨ functions listed below. track. Press and hold or press vehicle is turned off, the iPod multiple times to continue moving To use the softkeys: automatically powers off and will not forward through tracks. charge or draw power from the 1. Press the first or fifth softkey vehicle's battery. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below the radio display to to reverse playback quickly. Sound display the functions listed If you have an older iPod model that is heard at a reduced volume. below, or press the softkey is not supported, it can still be used s below the function if it is by connecting it to the auxiliary Release REV to resume playing. currently displayed. input jack using a standard 3.5 mm The elapsed time of the file 2. Press the softkey below the tab (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the displays. with the function on it to use that Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in this section. function. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-19
. Genres j (Pause): Press the softkey 5. Press f to select the desired file below j to pause the track. The tab to be played. . Songs appears raised when pause is being To skip through large lists, the five . Composers used. Press the softkey below j softkeys can be used to navigate in To select files: again to resume playback. the following order: 1. Press the softkey below h. Back: Press the softkey below the . First softkey, first item in the list. Back tab to go back to the main . Second softkey, 1% through the 2. Turn f to scroll through the list display screen on an iPod, or the list each time the softkey is of menus. root directory on a USB storage pressed. device. 3. Press f to select the c . Third softkey, 5% through the list desired menu. (Folder View): Press the each time the softkey is pressed. softkey below c to view the 4. Turn f to scroll through the . Fourth softkey, 10% through the contents of the current folder on the folders or files in the list each time the softkey is USB drive. To browse and select selected menu. pressed. files: f . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 5. Press to select the desired file 1. Press the softkey below c. to be played. h (Music Navigator): Press the 2. Turn f to scroll through the list softkey below h to view and To skip through large lists, the five softkeys can be used to navigate in of folders. select a file on an iPod, using the the following order: iPod's menu system. Files are 3. Press f to select the desired sorted by: . First softkey, first item in the list. folder. If there is more then one folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists . Second softkey, 1% through the list each time the softkey is the desired folder is reached. . Artists pressed. 4. Turn f to scroll through the files . Albums in the selected folder. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-20 Infotainment System
. Third softkey, 5% through the list Shuffle Functionality each time the softkey is pressed. Phone To use Shuffle: . Fourth softkey, 10% through the Bluetooth list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, pressed. C , or = to select between For vehicles equipped with Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Bluetooth capability, the system can . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, interact with many cell phones, Repeat Functionality or Shuffle Folder. allowing: To use Repeat: > (Shuffle Off): Press the . Placement and receipt of calls in softkey below to turn shuffle a hands-free mode. Press the softkey below " or ' 2 off. This is the default mode when a . to select between Repeat All and Sharing of the cell phone’s Repeat Track. USB storage device or iPod is first address book or contact list with connected. the vehicle. " (Repeat All): Press the softkey 2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle To minimize driver distraction, below to repeat all tracks. The " Songs): Press the softkey below before driving, and with the vehicle tab appears lowered when Repeat = or C to shuffle all songs on parked: All is being used. This is the default the USB storage device or iPod. . mode when a USB storage device C Become familiar with the or iPod is first connected. (Shuffle Album): Press the features of the cell phone. softkey below to shuffle all Organize the phone book and (Repeat Track): Press the > ' songs in the current album on contact lists clearly and delete softkey below ' to repeat one an iPod. duplicate or rarely used entries. track. The tab appears raised when If possible, program speed dial Repeat Track is being used. = (Shuffle Folder): Press the or other shortcuts. softkey below > to shuffle all . Review the controls and songs in the current folder on a USB operation of the infotainment storage device. system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-21
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a When to Speak: A short tone The system may not work with Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a sounds after the system responds all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands-Free Profile to make and indicating when it is waiting for a this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system voice command. Wait until the tone . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the and then speak. dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY How to Speak: Speak clearly in a that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth calm and natural voice. address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section Not all phones support all functions, Audio System and not all phones work with the for more information. When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . system, sound comes through the See “Storing and Deleting Phone www.gm.com/bluetooth for more vehicle's front audio system Numbers” in this section for information on compatible phones. more information. speakers and overrides the audio Voice Recognition system. Use the audio system { Warning volume knob, during a call, to The Bluetooth system uses voice change the volume level. The recognition to interpret voice When using a cell phone, it can adjusted volume level remains in commands to dial phone numbers memory for later calls. To prevent be distracting to look too long or and name tags. too often at the screen of the missed calls, a minimum volume phone or the infotainment system. For additional information, say level is used if the volume is turned Taking your eyes off the road too “Help” while you are in a voice down too low. recognition menu. long or too often could cause a Bluetooth Controls crash resulting in injury or death. Noise: Keep interior noise levels to Focus your attention on driving. a minimum. The system may not Use the buttons on the steering recognize voice commands if there wheel to operate the in-vehicle is too much background noise. Bluetooth system. See Steering Wheel Controls on page 5-2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-22 Infotainment System
. The pairing process is disabled / (Push to Talk): Press to 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds b g when the vehicle is moving. answer incoming calls, confirm with instructions and a four-digit system information, and start . Pairing only needs to be Personal Identification Number speech recognition. completed once, unless the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. pairing information on the cell / (End): Press to end a call, 4. Start the pairing process on the c x phone changes or the cell phone reject a call, or cancel an operation. cell phone that you want to pair. is deleted from the system. For help with this process, see Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can the cell phone manufacturer's A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth user guide. must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time. 5. Locate the device named “Your system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are Vehicle” in the list on the cell vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the phone. Follow the instructions the cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first on the cell phone to enter the guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the PIN provided in Step 3. After the pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired PIN is successfully entered, the phone is not connected, calls will be to the system. To connect to a system prompts you to provide a made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see name for the paired cell phone. Calling, if equipped. See OnStar, “Connecting to a Different This name will be used to if equipped. Phone” later in this section. indicate which phones are paired and connected to the Pairing Information Pairing a Phone vehicle. The system responds . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press and hold b / g for with “
Infotainment System 7-23
Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the 30 phone numbers as name tags in also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell the Hands-Free Directory that is system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on shared between the Bluetooth and after that phone name. which cell phone you want to OnStar systems, if equipped. connect to, you may have to use 1. Press and hold b / g for this command several times. The following commands are used two seconds. to delete and store phone numbers. 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Store: This command will store a two seconds. phone number, or a group of 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” numbers as a name tag. Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” Digit Store: This command allows If the phone name you want to a phone number to be stored as a . If another cell phone is name tag by entering the digits one delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be Paired and Connected Phones. at a time. ” “
7-24 Infotainment System
Using the “Store” Command repeats back the digit it heard Listing Stored Numbers followed by a tone. After the last The list command will list all stored 1. Press and hold b / g for digit has been entered, say numbers and name tags. two seconds. “Store,” and then follow the 2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system to Using the “List” Command save a name tag for this number. 3. Say the phone number or group 1. Press and hold b / g for of numbers you want to store all Using the “Delete” Command two seconds. at once with no pauses, then follow the directions given by the 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Directory.” two seconds. system to save a name tag for 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” this number. 2. Say Delete. “ ” 4. Say “List.” Using the Digit Store Command 3. Say the name tag you want to “ ” Making a Call If an unwanted number is delete. Calls can be made using the recognized by the system, say Using the Delete All Name Tags “ ” following commands. “Clear” at any time to clear the last Command number. Dial or Call: The dial or call This command deletes all stored command can be used To hear all of the numbers name tags in the Hands-Free interchangeably to dial a phone recognized by the system, say Calling Directory and the OnStar number or a stored name tag. “Verify” at any time. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, if equipped. Digit Dial: This command allows a 1. Press and hold b / g for phone number to be dialed by To delete all name tags: two seconds. entering the digits one at a time. 2. Say “Digit Store.” 1. Press and hold b / g for Re-dial: This command is used to 3. Say each digit, one at a time, two seconds. dial the last number used on the cell that you want to store. After 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” phone. each digit is entered, the system Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-25
Using the “Dial” or “Call” Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called Command The digit dial command allows a will be heard through the audio speakers. 1. Press and hold b / g for phone number to be dialed by two seconds. entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re-dial” Command After each digit is entered, the 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” system repeats back the digit it 1. Press and hold b / g for 3. Say the entire number without heard followed by a tone. two seconds. pausing, or say the name tag. If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” Once connected, the person called recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio “Clear” at any time to clear the last will be heard through the audio speakers. number. speakers. Calling 911 Emergency To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call recognized by the system, say 1. Press and hold b / g for “Verify” at any time. When an incoming call is received, two seconds. the audio system mutes and a ring 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” two seconds. . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Say “911.” 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press c / x to ignore a call. Once connected, the person called that you want to dial. After each will be heard through the audio digit is entered, the system speakers. repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, say “Dial.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
7-26 Infotainment System
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth Call waiting must be supported on to be called. system before a call can be the cell phone and enabled by the transferred. The connection process wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, can take up to two minutes after the press / to link all callers . Press / to answer an b g ignition is turned to ON/RUN. b g together. incoming call when another call Transferring Audio from the is active. The original call is Ending a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone placed on hold. Press c / x to end a call. During a call with the audio in the . Press b / g again to return to vehicle: the original call. Muting a Call 1. Press b / g. . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” person on the other end of the call Transferring Audio to the . Press c / x to disconnect the cannot hear them. Bluetooth System from a Cell current call and switch to the call . Phone on hold. To mute a call, press b / g , and then say “Mute call.” During a call with the audio on the Three-Way Calling . To cancel mute, press b / g , cell phone, press b / g. The audio Three-way calling must be and then say “Un-mute call.” transfers to the vehicle. If the audio supported on the cell phone and does not transfer to the vehicle, use enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call the audio transfer feature on the cell carrier. Audio can be transferred between phone. See your cell phone manufacturer's user guide for more 1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell phone. information. 2. Say “Three-way call.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Infotainment System 7-27
Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass-thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the cell menu-driven phone system. information. For information on how phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired 1. Press and hold / for Phone” and the previous sections b g Sending a Number or Name Tag two seconds. on deleting name tags. During a Call 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command Other Information can be skipped. 1. Press b / g. The system The Bluetooth® word mark and responds “Ready,” followed by ® 3. Say “Voice.” The system a tone. logos are owned by the Bluetooth responds “OK, accessing SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
7-28 Infotainment System
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-7
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control 9 (Off): Turns the system off. 2. Temperature Control Temperature Control: Turn the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 9 (Fan Control): Turn the knob temperature inside the vehicle. clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
8-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the 1 (Defrost): This mode clears the the knob clockwise or floor outlets with some air directed windshield of fog or frost more counterclockwise to change the to the windshield and side windows. quickly. Air is directed to the current airflow mode. - (Defog): This mode clears the windshield, with some to the floor H (Vent): Air is directed to the windows of fog or moisture. Outside outlets and front side windows. The instrument panel outlets. air is directed to the floor and air conditioning compressor might defroster outlets. Adjust the turn on in this setting to dehumidify ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided the air. between the instrument panel and temperature knob for warmer or floor outlets, with some air directed cooler air. The air conditioning Do not drive the vehicle until all the toward the windshield. compressor might turn on in this windows are clear. setting to dehumidify the air. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Climate Controls 8-3
Rear Window Defogger If equipped with a rear window defogger, a warming grid is used to remove fog or frost from the rear window. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. The defogger only works when the Vehicles with Air Conditioning ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ 1. Fan Control # (Air Conditioning): Cools and ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF position. 2. Temperature Control dehumidifies the air inside of the vehicle. Do not drive the vehicle until all the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control V (Maximum Air Conditioning): windows are clear. 4. Rear Window Defogger Cools the air inside the vehicle On hot days, open the windows to faster, by recirculating the let hot inside air escape; then close inside air. them. This helps to reduce the time needed for the vehicle to cool down and the system operates more efficiently. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
8-4 Climate Controls
9 (Fan): Turn the thumbwheel up { Caution or down to increase or decrease the Do not use a razor blade or sharp amount of heated air sent to the object to clear the inside rear rear seating area. window. Do not adhere anything Q (High): This position supplies the to the defogger grid lines in the most amount of heat to the rear rear glass. These actions may seating area. damage the rear defogger. c (Medium): This position Repairs would not be covered by supplies half the amount of heat to the vehicle warranty. the rear seating area. R (Low): This position supplies the Rear Heating System least amount of heat to the rear AUX: The thumbwheel for this seating area. If equipped, the rear heating system system is on the instrument panel lets you adjust the amount of air below the audio system. 9 (Off): This turns the rear flowing into the rear of the vehicle, heating system off. from the front seating area. This feature works with the main climate control system in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Climate Controls 8-5
Rear Climate Control System When the fan knob is in the AUX position, the rear climate control If equipped with a rear heating and air conditioning system, it controls the panel can be used to adjust the temperature, fan speed, and air delivery for the rear seat passengers only. climate settings in the rear The front climate control panel is in the overhead console between the seating area. driver and front passenger.
Front Climate Control Panel
1. Fan Control Use this control panel to maintain a 2. Air Delivery Mode Control separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust 3. Temperature Control the fan speed for the rear seat passenger(s). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
8-6 Climate Controls
9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed in the rear seating area. Temperature Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature in the rear seating area. The air conditioning system on the main climate control panel must be Rear Climate Control Panel turned on to direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle. If it is not on, then the temperature in the rear of 1. Fan Control be in the AUX position. The fan the vehicle remains at cabin speed, air delivery mode, and 2. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature. temperature can then be adjusted. 3. Temperature Control Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn AUX (Auxiliary): Turn the fan knob clockwise or counterclockwise to For vehicles with a rear climate on the front climate control panel to change the direction of the airflow in control panel, it is located overhead AUX to let rear seat passengers use the rear seating area. behind the driver and front the control panel in the rear seating passenger, centered in front of the area. This disables the front control To change the current mode, select second row. To adjust the rear panel. To return control to the front one of the following: climate control panel settings by a panel, move the fan knob out (Vent): Air is directed to the rear seat passenger, the front H of AUX. upper outlets, with some directed to climate control panel fan knob must 9 (Off): Turns the system off. the floor outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Climate Controls 8-7
. Use of non-GM approved hood (Floor): Air is directed to the 2 Air Vents deflectors may adversely affect floor outlets. Use the outlets located near the the performance of the system. Be sure to keep the area under the center and on the sides of the . Keep the path under the front front seats clear of any objects so instrument panel to change the seats clear of objects to help that the air inside of the vehicle can direction of airflow. circulate the air inside of the circulate effectively. Operation Tips vehicle more effectively. For information on how to use the main climate control system, see . Clear away any ice, snow or Climate Control Systems on leaves from the air inlets at the page 8-1. For information on base of the windshield that may ventilation, see Air Vents on block the flow of air into the page 8-7. vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
8-8 Climate Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Into Park ...... 9-19 Driver Assistance Systems Shifting out of Park ...... 9-20 Parking Assist ...... 9-35 Operating Parking over Things Rear Vision That Burn ...... 9-21 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-36 Driving Information Engine Exhaust Fuel Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Fuel ...... 9-39 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Running the Vehicle While California Fuel Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-22 Requirements ...... 9-40 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-40 Braking ...... 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuel Additives ...... 9-40 Steering ...... 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-41 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Manual Mode ...... 9-26 Filling the Tank ...... 9-42 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-27 Filling a Portable Fuel Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Brakes Container ...... 9-43 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Antilock Brake Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Trailer Towing System (ABS) ...... 9-28 General Towing If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-8 Parking Brake ...... 9-29 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-9 Information ...... 9-44 Ride Control Systems Driving Characteristics and Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic Towing Tips ...... 9-44 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Stability Control ...... 9-29 Trailer Towing ...... 9-47 Ignition Positions ...... 9-14 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-31 Towing Equipment ...... 9-51 Starting the Engine ...... 9-16 Fast Idle System ...... 9-17 Cruise Control Conversions and Add-Ons Engine Heater ...... 9-18 Cruise Control ...... 9-32 Add-On Electrical Retained Accessory Equipment ...... 9-54 Power (RAP) ...... 9-19 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
. Designate a front seat Driving Information passenger to handle potential { Warning distractions. Distracted Driving Taking your eyes off the road too . Become familiar with vehicle long or too often could cause a Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as crash resulting in injury or death. and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Focus your attention on driving. judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Refer to the infotainment section for from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to more information on using that governments have enacted laws driving. system and the navigation system, regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked if equipped, including pairing and familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen using a cell phone. your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always Defensive Driving . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. Defensive driving means “always on the wheel, and mind on the drive. expect the unexpected.” The first . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in step in driving defensively is to wear carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. the safety belt. See Safety Belts on Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations page 3-8. while driving, whether with a place or receive necessary . Assume that other road users phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and . Watch the road. Do not read, other drivers) are going to be take notes, or look up careless and make mistakes. information on phones or other Anticipate what they might do electronic devices. and be ready. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-3
. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle If the engine ever stops while the between you and the driver in vehicle is being driven, brake front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the are important factors in helping to . Focus on the task of driving. brakes. Doing so could make the control a vehicle while driving. pedal harder to push down. If the Drunk Driving engine stops, there will be some Braking power brake assist but it will be Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception used when the brake is applied. drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to Once the power assist is used up, it tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception can take longer to stop and the time. Actually doing it is brake pedal will be harder to push. { Warning reaction time. Steering Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In Hydraulic Power Steering that time, a vehicle moving at perceptions, attentiveness, and Your vehicle has hydraulic power 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m judgment can be affected by even steering. It may require (66 ft), which could be a lot of a small amount of alcohol. You maintenance. See Power Steering distance in an emergency. can have a serious — or even Fluid on page 10-20. fatal collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind — If power steering assist is lost drinking. include: because the engine stops or Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between because of a system malfunction, a driver who has been drinking. you and the vehicle in front the vehicle can be steered but may Ride home in a cab; or if you are of you. required increased effort. See your with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking. dealer if there is a problem. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-4 Driving and Operating
. Wait until the vehicle is out of Off-Road Recovery { Caution the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its Steering in Emergencies travel, and is held in that position . There are some situations when for more than 15 seconds, steering around a problem may damage may occur to the power be more effective than braking. steering system and there may be . Holding both sides of the loss of power steering assist. steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing Curve Tips a hand. . Take curves at a reasonable . Antilock Brake System (ABS) speed. allows steering while braking. The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Reduce speed before entering a curve. off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow . Maintain a reasonable steady these tips: speed through the curve 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-5
3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. . Ease your foot off the Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Driving on Wet Roads Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate. correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. Always drive slower in these types control systems: . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid . Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather driving through large puddles and rolling. conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water. . Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when { Warning curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water, lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other Wet brakes can cause crashes. material on the road. Learn to They might not work as well in a . Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such quick stop and could cause throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a lose control of the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. After driving through a large by taking reasonable care suited to puddle of water or a car/vehicle existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, wash, lightly apply the brake overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed normally. by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause (Continued) the tires to slide. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-6 Driving and Operating
Other Rainy Weather Tips . Shift to a lower gear when going Warning (Continued) down steep or long hills. Besides slowing down, other wet Flowing or rushing water creates weather driving tips include: { Warning strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance. flowing water could cause the Using the brakes to slow the . Pass with caution. vehicle to be carried away. If this vehicle on a long downhill slope happens, you and other vehicle . Keep windshield wiping can cause brake overheating, can occupants could drown. Do not equipment in good shape. reduce brake performance, and ignore police warnings and be . Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking. very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower through flowing water. gear to let the engine assist the . Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires on brakes on a steep downhill slope. Hydroplaning page 10-41. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water . Turn off cruise control. can build up under the vehicle's { Warning tires so they actually ride on the Hill and Mountain Roads water. This can happen if the road is Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) wet enough and you are going fast Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is enough. When the vehicle is mountains is different than driving dangerous. This can cause hydroplaning, it has little or no on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for overheating of the brakes and contact with the road. driving in these conditions include: loss of steering. Always have the There is no hard and fast rule about . Keep the vehicle serviced and in engine running and the vehicle hydroplaning. The best advice is to good shape. in gear. slow down when the road is wet. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-7
. Stay in your own lane. Do not Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control, if equipped, swing wide or cut across the condition. Accelerate gently so on slippery surfaces. center of the road. Drive at traction is not lost. Accelerating too speeds that let you stay in your quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions own lane. and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a . Be alert on top of hills; tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the something could be in your lane traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby. (stalled car, accident). If equipped, Traction Control should If possible, use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 13-5. . Pay attention to special road be turned on. See Traction Control/ To get help and keep everyone in signs (falling rocks area, winding Electronic Stability Control on the vehicle safe: roads, long grades, passing or page 9-29 no-passing zones) and take The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Turn on the hazard warning appropriate action. on page 9-28 improves vehicle flashers. stability during hard stops on a . Tie a red cloth to an outside Winter Driving slippery roads, but apply the brakes mirror. sooner than when on dry pavement. Driving on Snow or Ice Allow greater following distance on { Warning Drive carefully when there is snow any slippery road and watch for or ice between the tires and the slippery spots. Icy patches can Snow can trap engine exhaust road, creating less traction or grip. occur on otherwise clear roads in under the vehicle. This may Wet ice can occur at about 0°C shaded areas. The surface of a cause exhaust gases to get (32°F) when freezing rain begins to curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains fall, resulting in even less traction. when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which Avoid driving on wet ice or in clear. Avoid sudden steering (Continued) freezing rain until roads can be maneuvers and braking while treated with salt or sand. on ice. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-8 Driving and Operating
If it takes some time for help to Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run the engine, push the accelerator . cannot be seen or smelled. It can Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs cause unconsciousness and even or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This death. panel. keeps the battery charged to restart If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: . Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little . Clear away snow from around circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel. the base of your vehicle, vehicle and set the fan speed especially any that is blocking to the highest setting. See the exhaust pipe and/or the If the Vehicle Is Stuck “Climate Control Systems” in fuel operated heater exhaust the Index. Slowly and cautiously spin the system, if equipped. If the wheels to free the vehicle when vehicle has a diesel engine For more information about stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. carbon monoxide, see Engine and a fuel operated heater, If stuck too severely for the traction Exhaust on page 9-21. see “Fuel Operated Heater system to free the vehicle, turn the (FOH)” in the diesel engine traction system off and use the supplement. To save fuel, run the engine for only rocking method. See Traction . Check again from time to short periods as needed to warm Control/Electronic Stability Control time to be sure snow does the vehicle and then shut the engine on page 9-29. not collect there. off and close the window most of the way to save heat. Repeat this . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the until help arrives but only when you vehicle that is away from the feel really uncomfortable from the wind to bring in fresh air. cold. Moving about to keep warm also helps. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-9
Slowly spinning the wheels in the { Warning forward and reverse directions { Warning causes a rocking motion that could If the vehicle's tires spin at high free the vehicle. If that does not get Do not load the vehicle any speed, they can explode, and you the vehicle out after a few tries, it heavier than the Gross or others could be injured. The might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle can overheat, causing an vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the engine compartment fire or other see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross damage. Spin the wheels as little page 10-78. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). as possible and avoid going This can cause systems to above 56 km/h (35 mph). Vehicle Load Limits break and change the way the It is very important to know how vehicle handles. This could Rocking the Vehicle to Get much weight the vehicle can cause loss of control and a it Out carry. This weight is called the crash. Overloading can also Turn the steering wheel left and vehicle capacity weight and shorten the life of the vehicle. right to clear the area around the includes the weight of all front wheels. Turn off any traction occupants, cargo, and all system. Shift back and forth nonfactory-installed options. between R (Reverse) and a low Two labels on the vehicle show forward gear, spinning the wheels how much weight it was as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the designed to carry, the Tire and wheels stop spinning before shifting Loading Information label and gears. Release the accelerator the Certification/Tire label. pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-10 Driving and Operating
Tire and Loading Information positions (1), and the maximum “Steps for Determining Correct Label vehicle capacity weight (2) in Load Limit– kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement "The The Tire and Loading combined weight of Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should size of the original equipment never exceed XXX kg or tires (3) and the recommended XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s cold tire inflation pressures (4). placard. For more information on tires 2. Determine the combined and inflation see Tires on weight of the driver and page 10-41 and Tire Pressure passengers that will be riding on page 10-50. in your vehicle. There is also important loading Label Example 3. Subtract the combined information on the vehicle weight of the driver and A vehicle specific Tire and Certification/Tire label. It tells passengers from XXX kg or Loading Information label is you the Gross Vehicle Weight XXX lbs. attached to the center pillar Rating (GVWR) and the Gross (B-pillar). With the driver door Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 4. The resulting figure equals open, you will find the label the front and rear axle. See the available amount of cargo attached below the door lock “Certification/Tire Label” later in and luggage load capacity. post (striker). The tire and this section. For example, if the "XXX" loading information label shows amount equals 1400 lbs. and the number of occupant seating there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-11
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 Example 2 a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for vehicle. Consult this manual Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) to determine how this (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ reduces the available cargo 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg and luggage load capacity of 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (750 lbs) your vehicle.” (300 lbs) C. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Occupant and 113 kg (250 lbs) Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-12 Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all the vehicle capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh the vehicle. Example 3 Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out the 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = load equally on both sides of the 453 kg (1,000 lbs) centerline. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ Never exceed the GVWR for the 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg A vehicle specific Certification/ vehicle, or the GAWR for either (1,000 lbs) Tire label is found on the rear the front or rear axle. 3. Available Cargo Weight = edge of the driver door. The 0 kg (0 lbs) label shows the size of the If there is a heavy load, it should be spread out. Refer to the vehicle tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-13
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued) Do not load the vehicle any Things you put inside the . When you carry something heavier than the Gross vehicle can strike and injure inside the vehicle, secure Vehicle Weight Rating people in a sudden stop or it whenever you can. (GVWR), or either the turn, or in a crash. . Do not leave a seat folded maximum front or rear Gross . Put things in the cargo down unless you need to. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). area of the vehicle. Try to This can cause systems to spread the weight evenly. Add-On Equipment break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could . Never stack heavier When you carry removable cause loss of control and a things, like suitcases, items, you may need to put a crash. Overloading can also inside the vehicle so that limit on how many people you shorten the life of the vehicle. some of them are above carry inside the vehicle. Be sure the tops of the seats. to weigh the vehicle before you . Do not leave an buy and install the new unsecured child restraint equipment. in the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-14 Driving and Operating
Ignition Positions Starting and Caution (Continued) Operating broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean New Vehicle Break-In premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this { Caution breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake The vehicle does not need an linings. elaborate break-in. But it will . Do not tow a trailer during perform better in the long run if break-in. See Trailer Towing you follow these guidelines: on page 9-47 for the trailer . Keep the vehicle speed at towing capabilities of the 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for vehicle and more information. the first 805 km (500 mi). The ignition switch has four different Following break-in, engine speed positions. . Do not drive at any one and load can be gradually constant speed, fast or slow, increased. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition for the first 805 km (500 mi). must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ Do not make full-throttle ACCESSORY and the regular brake starts. Avoid downshifting to pedal applied. brake or slow the vehicle. 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ . Avoid making hard stops for OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, the first 322 km (200 mi) or turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ so. During this time the new OFF to turn the engine off. Retained brake linings are not yet Accessory Power (RAP) will remain (Continued) active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-19. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-15
This position locks the ignition and shift lever must be in P (Park) to transmission. turn the ignition switch to the Caution (Continued) LOCK/OFF position. Do not turn the engine off when the key. Use the correct key, make vehicle is moving. This will cause a 4. Set the parking brake. See sure it is all the way in, and turn it loss of power assist in the brake Parking Brake on page 9-29. only with your hand. If the key and steering systems and disable cannot be turned by hand, see the airbags. { Warning your dealer. If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency: Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the 1. Brake using a firm and steady assist in the brake and steering position in which you can operate pressure. Do not pump the systems and disable the airbags. things like the radio and the brakes repeatedly. This may While driving, only shut the windshield wipers when the engine deplete power assist, requiring is off. vehicle off in an emergency. increased brake pedal force. 3 (ON/RUN): This position can be 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). used to operate the electrical If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, This can be done while the accessories and to display some and must be shut off while driving, vehicle is moving. After shifting instrument cluster warning and turn the ignition to ACC/ to N (Neutral), firmly apply the indicator lights. This position can ACCESSORY. brakes and steer the vehicle to a also be used for service and safe location. diagnostics, and to verify the proper { Caution 3. Come to a complete stop, shift operation of the malfunction to P (Park), and turn the ignition indicator lamp as may be required Using a tool to force the key to for emission inspection purposes. to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with turn in the ignition could cause an automatic transmission, the The switch stays in this position damage to the switch or break the when the engine is running. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-16 Driving and Operating
If you leave the key in the ACC/ To place the transmission in the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position proper gear: { Caution with the engine off, the battery could Move the shift lever to P (Park) or If the steering wheel is turned be drained. You may not be able to N (Neutral). The engine will not start start the vehicle if the battery is until it reaches the end of its in any other position. To restart the travel, and is held in that position allowed to drain for an extended engine when the vehicle is already period of time. while starting the vehicle, damage moving, use N (Neutral) only. may occur to the hydraulic power 4 (START): This is the position that steering system and there may be starts the engine. When the engine { Caution loss of power steering assist. starts, release the key. The ignition switch returns to ON/RUN for If you add electrical parts or driving. accessories, you could change Starting Procedure A warning tone will sound when the the way the engine operates. Any 1. With your foot off the accelerator driver door is opened, the ignition is resulting damage would not be pedal, turn the ignition key to in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF covered by the vehicle warranty. START. When the engine starts, and the key is in the ignition. See Add-On Electrical Equipment let go of the key. The idle speed on page 9-54. will go down as your engine gets Starting the Engine warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Operate the engine and see the Duramax diesel { Caution transmission gently to allow the supplement. oil to warm up and lubricate all Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the moving parts. vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. When the Low Fuel warning Shift to P (Park) only when the lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL vehicle is stopped. LOW message is displayed in the Driver Information Center Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-17
(DIC), the Computer-Controlled up to 15 seconds. Wait at least . The vehicle must not be moving Cranking System is disabled to 15 seconds between each try, to and the accelerator must not be prevent possible vehicle allow the cranking motor to cool pressed. component damage. When this down. When the engine starts, To control the fast idle: happens, hold the ignition switch let go of the key and accelerator. . in the START position to If the vehicle starts briefly but To enable the Fast Idle System, continue engine cranking. then stops again, do the same press and release the cruise thing. This clears the extra control on/off button and ensure that the switch indicator light { Caution gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately is lit. Cranking the engine for long after starting it. Operate the . Press and release the cruise periods of time, by returning the engine and transmission gently control SET- button. Engine ignition to the START position until the oil warms up and speed will be held at immediately after cranking has lubricates all moving parts. approximately 1200 rpm. ended, can overheat and damage When the fast idle is active, the the cranking motor, and drain the Fast Idle System Driver Information Center (DIC) will battery. Wait at least 15 seconds If equipped, this feature is available display FAST IDLE ON. between each try, to let the only with cruise control. The manual One of the following actions will turn cranking motor cool down. fast idle switch is operated using the off the fast idle: cruise control buttons on the left . Pressing the brake. 2. If the engine does not start after side of the steering wheel. 5-10 seconds, especially in very This system can be used to . Selecting the cruise control cold weather (below −18°C or increase engine idle speed cancel button. 0°F), it could be flooded with too whenever the following conditions . Releasing the parking brake. much gasoline. Try pushing the are met: . accelerator pedal all the way to Moving the transmission shift . The parking brake is set. the floor and holding it there as lever out of P (Park) or you hold the key in START for . The brake pedal is not pressed. N (Neutral). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-18 Driving and Operating
. Selecting the cruise control on/ cord may exist which will prevent off button when it was engine coolant heater operation at { Warning previously on. temperatures above −18°C (0°F). Improper use of the heater cord . Pressing the cruise control SET- To Use the Engine Coolant or an extension cord can damage button a second time. Heater the cord and may result in . Pressing the accelerator more overheating and fire. than one-quarter of the 1. Turn off the engine. . way down. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the Plug the cord into a electrical cord. three-prong electrical utility . Turning the ignition switch to the receptacle that is protected LOCK/OFF position. The cord for the engine coolant by a ground fault detection heater is located on the driver function. An ungrounded Engine Heater side of the engine compartment outlet could cause an electric and is attached to the hose for shock. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the power steering reservoir. see the Duramax diesel supplement . Use a weatherproof, for more information. Check the heater cord for heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated damage. If it is damaged, do not extension cord if needed. The engine coolant heater can use it. See your dealer for a Failure to use the provide easier starting and better replacement. Inspect the cord for recommended extension cord fuel economy during engine damage yearly. in good operating condition, warm-up in cold weather conditions or using a damaged heater or at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded extension cord, could make it with an engine coolant heater 110-volt AC outlet. should be plugged in at least four (Continued) hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-19
4. Before starting the engine, be Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued) sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then overheat and cause a fire, away from moving engine parts set the parking brake. property damage, electric and prevent damage. shock, and injury. 2. Move the shift lever into the The length of time the heater should P (Park) position by pulling the . Do not operate the vehicle remain plugged in depends on shift lever toward you and with the heater cord several factors. Ask a dealer in the moving it up as far as it will go. permanently attached to the area where you will be parking the 3. Turn the ignition key to vehicle. Possible heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this. and thermostat damage could LOCK/OFF. occur. 4. Remove the key and take it with Retained Accessory you. If you can leave the vehicle . While in use, do not let the Power (RAP) heater cord touch vehicle with the ignition key in your parts or sharp edges. Never These vehicle accessories can be hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). close the hood on the used for up to 10 minutes after the Leaving the Vehicle with the heater cord. engine is turned off: Engine Running . Before starting the vehicle, . Audio System unplug the cord, reattach the . Power Windows (if equipped) { Warning cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. These features will work when the It can be dangerous to leave the Keep the cord away from any ignition key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ vehicle with the engine running. moving parts. ACCESSORY. Once the key is It could overheat and catch fire. turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, power to the radio and power (Continued) windows will continue to work 10 minutes or until the driver door is opened. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-20 Driving and Operating
Then, see if you can move the shift in the transmission. Then you Warning (Continued) lever away from P (Park) without should be able to pull the shift lever first pulling it toward you. If you can, out of P (Park). It is dangerous to get out of the it means that the shift lever was not vehicle if the shift lever is not fully fully locked into P (Park). Shifting out of Park in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Torque Lock The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control Do not leave the vehicle when the If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift the transmission into system. You have to fully apply the engine is running. If you have left brakes before you can shift from P (Park) properly, the weight of the the engine running, the vehicle P (Park) when the ignition is in ON/ vehicle can put too much force on can move suddenly. You or others RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See could be injured. To be sure the the parking pawl in the transmission. It might be difficult to Automatic Transmission on vehicle will not move, even when page 9-22. you are on fairly level ground, pull the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called torque lock. To The shift lock control system is always set the parking brake and prevent torque lock, set the parking designed to do the following: move the shift lever to P (Park). brake and then shift into P (Park) . Prevent the ignition key from See Shifting Into Park on properly before you leave the driver page 9-19. If you are towing a being removed unless the shift seat. To find out how, see Shifting lever is in P (Park). trailer, see Driving Characteristics Into Park on page 9-19. and Towing Tips on page 9-44. . Prevent movement of the shift When you are ready to drive, move lever out of P (Park), unless the the shift lever out of P (Park) before ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ If you have to leave the vehicle with releasing the parking brake. the engine running, be sure the ACCESSORY and the regular vehicle is in P (Park) and the If torque lock does occur, you might brake pedal is applied. parking brake is firmly set. After the need to have another vehicle push shift lever is moved into P (Park), yours a little uphill to take some of hold the regular brake pedal down. the pressure from the parking pawl Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-21
The shift lock control system is 2. While holding down the brake Engine Exhaust always functional except in the case pedal, push the shift lever all the of a dead battery or low voltage way into P (Park). { Warning (less than 9 V) battery. 3. Move the shift lever to the If the vehicle has an uncharged desired position. Engine exhaust contains carbon battery or a battery with low voltage, If you are still having a problem monoxide (CO) which cannot be try charging or jump starting the shifting, have the vehicle serviced. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO battery. See Jump Starting on can cause unconsciousness and page 10-74 for more information. Parking over Things even death. To shift out of P (Park) use the That Burn Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: following: . The vehicle idles in areas 1. Apply the brake pedal. { Warning with poor ventilation (parking 2. Turn the ignition to ACC/ garages, tunnels, deep snow ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. Things that can burn could touch that may block underbody hot exhaust parts under the 3. Move the shift lever to the airflow or tail pipes). vehicle and ignite. Do not park desired position. . The exhaust smells or over papers, leaves, dry grass, sounds strange or different. If you still are unable to shift out of or other things that can burn. P (Park): . The exhaust system leaks 1. Ease the pressure on the shift due to corrosion or damage. lever. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-22 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from A shift position indicator is in the engine running. damage or aftermarket instrument cluster. modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine There are several different positions completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to for the shift lever. be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park on page 9-19 if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9-21. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9-44. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. See “Range Selection Mode” under Never park the vehicle with the Manual Mode on page 9-26. engine running in an enclosed P (Park): This position locks the area such as a garage or a rear wheels. It is the best position to building that has no fresh air use when starting the engine ventilation. because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park on page 9-19. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-23
{ Warning { Caution { Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Shifting into a drive gear while the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully vehicle is moving forward could engine is running at high speed is in P (Park) with the parking brake damage the transmission. The dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly set. The vehicle can roll. repairs would not be covered by firmly on the brake pedal, the Do not leave the vehicle when the the vehicle warranty. Shift to vehicle could move very rapidly. engine is running. If you have left R (Reverse) only after the vehicle You could lose control and hit the engine running, the vehicle is stopped. people or objects. Do not shift can move suddenly. You or others into a drive gear while the engine could be injured. To be sure the To rock the vehicle back and forth to is running at high speed. vehicle will not move, even when get out of snow, ice, or sand without you are on fairly level ground, damaging the transmission, see If always set the parking brake and the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-8. { Caution move the shift lever to P (Park). N (Neutral): In this position, the See Shifting Into Park on engine does not connect with the Shifting out of P (Park) or page 9-19 and Driving wheels. To restart when you are N (Neutral) with the engine Characteristics and Towing Tips already moving, use N (Neutral) running at high speed may on page 9-44. only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the damage the transmission. The vehicle is being towed. repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the R (Reverse): Use this gear to back up. engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-24 Driving and Operating
D (Drive): This position is for conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process, normal driving. It provides the best upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the fuel economy. If you need more stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best power for passing, and you are: determine, before making an settings. upshift, if the engine is able to . Going less than about 55 km/h The shift quality of a new vehicle (35 mph), push the accelerator maintain vehicle speed by analyzing may not be ideal because the pedal about halfway down. things such as vehicle speed, adaptive shift control process may throttle position, and vehicle load. not have determined the best . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or If the shift stabilization feature settings for a particular shift or more, push the accelerator all determines that a current vehicle the way down. condition. Shift quality will improve speed cannot be maintained, the with continued driving. By doing this, the vehicle shifts transmission does not upshift and down to the next gear and has instead holds the current gear. When temperatures are very cold, more power. In some cases, this could appear to the transmission's gear shifting be a delayed shift, however the could be delayed, providing more D (Drive) can be used when towing transmission is operating normally. stable shifts until the engine warms a trailer, carrying a heavy load, up. Shifts could be more noticeable or driving on steep hills. You might The transmission uses adaptive with a cold transmission. This want to shift the transmission to a shift controls. Adaptive shift controls difference in shifting is normal. lower gear selection if the continually compare key shift transmission shifts too often. parameters to pre-programmed M (Manual Mode): This position ideal shifts stored in the lets drivers select the range of gears Downshifting the transmission in transmission’s computer. The appropriate for current driving slippery road conditions could result transmission constantly makes conditions. If the vehicle has this in skidding. See “Skidding” under adjustments to improve vehicle feature, see “Range Selection Loss of Control on page 9-5. performance according to how the Mode” under Manual Mode on The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with page 9-26. feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-25
3 (Third): This position is also used rear wheels when trying to start the for normal driving. It reduces vehicle vehicle from a stop on slippery road Caution (Continued) speed more than D (Drive) without surfaces. The repair will not be covered by using the brakes. You might choose 1 (First): This position reduces 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when the vehicle warranty. If you are vehicle speed without using the stuck, do not spin the tires. When driving on hilly, winding roads; when brakes. You can use it for major/ towing a trailer, so there is less stopping on a hill, use the brakes severe downgrades where the to hold the vehicle in place. shifting between gears; and when vehicle would otherwise accelerate going down a steep hill. See “Range due to steepness of grade. When Selection Mode” under Manual you shift to 1 (First) it provides the Normal Mode Grade Braking Mode on page 9-26. lowest gear appropriate to current This mode is enabled when the 2 (Second): This position reduces road speed and continues to vehicle is started, but is not enabled vehicle speed even more than downshift as the vehicle slows, in Range Selection Mode. It assists 3 (Third) without using the brakes. eventually downshifting to 1 (First) in maintaining desired vehicle You can use 2 (Second) on hills. gear. The transmission can be held speeds when driving on downhill It can help control vehicle speed as in 1 (First) gear using Range grades by using the engine and you go down steep mountain roads, Selection Mode or the shift lever. transmission to slow the vehicle. but then you would also want to use See “Range Selection Mode” under The first time the system activates the brakes off and on. See “Range Manual Mode on page 9-26. for each ignition key cycle, a DIC Selection Mode” under Manual message will be displayed. See Mode on page 9-26. { Caution Transmission Messages on If you manually select 2 (Second) in page 5-36. an automatic transmission, the Spinning the tires or holding the transmission will start in vehicle in one place on a hill second gear. You can use this using only the accelerator pedal feature for reducing the speed of the may damage the transmission. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-26 Driving and Operating
To disable or enable Normal Mode To use this feature: While using Range Selection Mode, Grade Braking within the current 1. Move the shift lever to cruise control and the Tow/Haul ignition key cycle, press and hold M (Manual Mode). Mode can be used. the Tow/Haul button for three seconds. A DIC message 2. Press the +/− buttons on the { Caution displays. See Transmission shift lever, to select the desired Messages on page 5-36. range of gears for current driving Spinning the tires or holding the conditions. For other forms of grade braking, vehicle in one place on a hill see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27 When M (Manual Mode) is selected using only the accelerator pedal and Cruise Control on page 9-32. a number displays in the DIC next to may damage the transmission. the M indicating the current gear. The repair will not be covered by Manual Mode This number is the highest gear that the vehicle warranty. If you are can be used. However, the vehicle stuck, do not spin the tires. When Range Selection Mode can automatically shift to lower stopping on a hill, use the brakes gears as it adjusts to driving to hold the vehicle in place. conditions. This means that all gears below that number are Low Traction Mode available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are Low Traction Mode can assist in automatically shifted by the vehicle, vehicle acceleration when road but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until conditions are slippery. While the If equipped, Range Selection Mode the +/− button on the steering vehicle is at a stop, select the helps control the vehicle's column lever is used to change to second gear range using Range transmission and vehicle speed the gear. Selection Mode. This will limit torque to the wheels after it detects while driving downhill or towing a Grade Braking is not available when trailer by letting you select a desired wheel slip, preventing the tires from Range Selection Mode is active. spinning. range of gears. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-27
Tow/Haul Mode Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode by pressing the button on the Grade Braking within the current instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is ignition key cycle, press and hold on, a light on the instrument cluster the Tow/Haul button for will come on. three seconds. A DIC message will See Tow/Haul Mode Light on be displayed. See Transmission page 5-21. Messages on page 5-36. See Towing Equipment on Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing Equipment on page 9-51. page 9-51. For other forms of grade braking, Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking see Automatic Transmission on Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is page 9-22 and Cruise Control on only enabled while the Tow/Haul page 9-32. Mode is selected and the vehicle is If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts not in the Range Selection Mode. the transmission shift pattern to See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed reduce shift cycling, providing previously and Manual Mode on increased performance, vehicle page 9-26. Tow/Haul Mode Grade control, and transmission cooling Braking assists in maintaining when towing or hauling heavy loads. desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-28 Driving and Operating
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are Using ABS slowing down. If one of the wheels This vehicle has ABS, an advanced Do not pump the brakes. Just hold is about to stop rolling, the computer electronic braking system that helps the brake pedal down firmly and let will separately work the brakes at prevent a braking skid. ABS work. You may hear the ABS each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel When the vehicle begins to drive ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate. This is away, ABS checks itself. to each wheel, as required, faster normal. A momentary motor or clicking noise than any driver could. This can help might be heard while this test is Braking in Emergencies you steer around the obstacle while going on, and it might even be braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake noticed that the brake pedal moves at the same time. In many a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle on page 5-20. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-29
Parking Brake If the ignition is on when the parking Ride Control Systems brake is released, the brake system warning light will go off. Traction Control/ { Caution Electronic Stability Control Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system The vehicle may have a vehicle and cause premature wear or stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak. It is an advanced damage to brake system parts. computer controlled system that Make sure that the parking brake assists the driver with directional is fully released and the brake control of the vehicle in difficult warning light is off before driving. driving conditions. StabiliTrak activates when the To set the parking brake, hold the If you are towing a trailer and are computer senses a discrepancy regular brake pedal, then push parking on a hill, see Driving between the intended path and the down the parking brake pedal. Characteristics and Towing Tips on direction the vehicle is actually page 9-44. If the ignition is on, the brake traveling. StabiliTrak selectively system warning light will come on. applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle's brakes to assist the To release the parking brake, hold driver with keeping the vehicle on the regular brake pedal down. Pull the intended path. the handle, located just above the parking brake pedal, with the When the vehicle is started and parking brake symbol, to release the begins to move, the system parking brake. performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems. The system may be heard or felt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-30 Driving and Operating
while it is working. This is normal For your safety, the system can only and does not mean there is a be disabled when the vehicle speed problem with the vehicle. The is less than 40 km/h (25 mph). system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 40 km/h (25 mph). In some cases, it may take approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of Press and hold the StabiliTrak driving before the system initializes. button to turn off StabiliTrak and TCS. The StabiliTrak OFF light illuminates and the appropriate messages will be displayed in the DIC. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5-33. To turn StabiliTrak and TCS back on, press the StabiliTrak button The Traction Control System (TCS)/ again. StabiliTrak will automatically StabiliTrak indicator light comes on Press the StabiliTrak button on the turn back on when the vehicle in the instrument cluster when the instrument panel once to turn off the speed exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph). system requires service. TCS. The appropriate message is displayed in the DIC. See Ride When the StabiliTrak system has When StabiliTrak activates, the been turned off, system noises may TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Control System Messages on page 5-33. still be heard as a result of the flashes in the instrument cluster. brake-traction control coming on. This also occurs when TCS is activated. See Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak® Light on page 5-21. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-31
It is recommended to leave the cruise control can be re-engaged TCS may activate on dry or rough system on for normal driving when road conditions allow. See roads or under conditions such as conditions, but it may be necessary Cruise Control on page 9-32. heavy acceleration while turning or to turn the system off if the vehicle The StabiliTrak system may also abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow, turn off automatically if it determines transmission. When this reduction in and you want to “rock” the vehicle to that a problem exists with the acceleration occurs, it may be attempt to free it. See If the Vehicle system. If the problem does not noticed, or a noise or vibration may Is Stuck on page 9-8. clear itself after restarting the be heard. This is normal. StabiliTrak System Operation vehicle, see your dealer for service. Adding non-dealer accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. The StabiliTrak system is normally Traction Control Operation See Accessories and Modifications on, except when the system is TCS is part of the StabiliTrak on page 10-2. initializing or has been disabled with system. TCS limits wheel spin by the StabiliTrak button. The reducing engine power to the Locking Rear Axle StabiliTrak system will automatically wheels and by applying brakes to activate to assist the driver in each individual wheel as necessary. Vehicles with a locking rear axle can maintaining vehicle directional give more traction on snow, mud, control in most driving conditions. If the brake-traction control system ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a When activated, the StabiliTrak activates constantly or if the brakes standard axle most of the time, but system may reduce engine power to have heated up due to high speed when traction is low, this feature will the wheels and apply braking to braking, the brake-traction control allow the rear wheel with the most individual wheels as necessary to will be automatically disabled. The traction to move the vehicle. assist the driver with vehicle system will come back on after the directional control. If cruise control brakes have cooled. This can take is being used when StabiliTrak up to two minutes or longer activates, the cruise control depending on brake usage. automatically disengages. The Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-32 Driving and Operating
Cruise Control disengage. See Traction Control/ +RES (Resume/Accelerate): If Electronic Stability Control on there is a set speed in memory, page 9-29. When road conditions press briefly to resume to a { Warning allow cruise control to be safely previously set speed, or press and used again, cruise control can be hold to accelerate. If cruise control Cruise control can be dangerous turned back on. is already active, use to increase where you cannot drive safely at vehicle speed. a steady speed. Do not use If the brakes are applied, cruise cruise control on winding roads or control disengages. SET− (Set/Coast): Press briefly to in heavy traffic. set the speed and activate cruise control, or press and hold to Cruise control can be dangerous decelerate. If cruise control is on slippery roads. On such roads, already active, use to decrease fast changes in tire traction can vehicle speed. cause excessive wheel slip, and [ (Cancel): Press to disengage you could lose control. Do not use cruise control without erasing the cruise control on slippery roads. set speed from memory. Setting Cruise Control If equipped with cruise control, a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or If the I button is on when not in more can be maintained without use, the SET− or +RES button keeping your foot on the could get pressed and go into cruise accelerator. Cruise control does not I (On/Off): Press to turn cruise when not desired. Keep the I work at speeds below about 40 km/h button off when cruise is not (25 mph). control on or off. The white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster being used. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the when cruise control is turned on. system begins to limit wheel spin, 1. Press I to turn the cruise cruise control will automatically system on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-33
2. Get up to the desired speed. Increasing Speed While Using . To decrease the vehicle speed in Cruise Control small increments, briefly press 3. Press and release SET−. The SET–. For each press, the desired set speed briefly If the cruise control system is vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h appears in the instrument already activated: (1 mph) slower. cluster. . Press and hold +RES until the The speedometer reading can be 4. Remove your foot from the desired speed is reached, then displayed in either English or metric accelerator. release it. units. See Driver Information Center The cruise control indicator on the . To increase vehicle speed in (DIC) on page 5-24. The increment instrument cluster turns green after small increments, briefly press value used depends on the units cruise control has been set to the +RES. For each press, the displayed. desired speed. See Instrument vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Passing Another Vehicle While Cluster on page 5-10. (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control The speedometer reading can be Resuming a Set Speed Use the accelerator pedal to displayed in either English or metric increase the vehicle speed. When If the cruise control is set at a units. See Driver Information Center you take your foot off the pedal, the desired speed and then the brakes (DIC) on page 5-24. The increment vehicle will slow down to the are applied, the cruise control is value used depends on the units previous set cruise speed. While disengaged without erasing the set displayed. speed from memory. pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to Once the vehicle speed reaches Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control override cruise control, briefly about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, pressing SET will result in cruise briefly press +RES. The vehicle If the cruise control system is – set to the current vehicle speed. returns to the previous set speed. already activated: . Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-34 Driving and Operating
Using Cruise Control on Hills Cruise Grade Braking is enabled Ending Cruise Control How well cruise control works on when the vehicle is started and There are four ways to end cruise hills depends on the vehicle speed, cruise control is active. It is not control: load, and the steepness of the hills. enabled in Range Selection Mode. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. When going up steep hills, you It assists in maintaining driver selected speed when driving on might have to step on the . Press [. accelerator pedal to maintain your downhill grades by using the engine . speed. and transmission to slow the Shift the transmission to vehicle. N (Neutral). While going downhill: To disable and enable Cruise Grade . To turn off cruise control, . Vehicles with a 4-speed Braking for the current ignition key press I. automatic transmission may cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul need to have the brakes applied button for three seconds. A DIC Erasing Speed Memory or the transmission shifted to a message displays. See The cruise control set speed is lower gear to help maintain Transmission Messages on erased from memory if is driver selected speed. page 5-36. I pressed or if the vehicle is . Vehicles with a 6-speed When the brakes are manually turned off. automatic transmission have applied the cruise control is Cruise Grade Braking to help disengaged. maintain driver selected speed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-35
Driver Assistance How the System Works RPA defaults to the on setting each time the vehicle is started. Systems RPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into Turn RPA off when towing a trailer. R (Reverse). A single beep sounds Parking Assist to indicate the system is working. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly If available, the Rear Parking Assist RPA operates only at speeds less (RPA) system uses sensors on the than 8 km/h (5 mph). The following messages may be rear bumper to assist with parking displayed on the DIC: An obstacle detection is indicated and avoiding objects while in SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this R (Reverse). by beeps. The time between beeps gets shorter as the vehicle message occurs, take the vehicle to approaches the obstacle. Repeated your dealer for repair. { Warning beeps are heard when the distance PARK ASSIST OFF: This message The parking assist system does is less than 30 cm (12 in). occurs if the driver disables the not detect children, pedestrians, To be detected, objects must be at system or if the vehicle is driven bicyclists, animals, or objects least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground above 8 km/h (5 mph) in R (Reverse). below the bumper or that are too and below rear door level. Objects close or too far from the vehicle. must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE It is not available at speeds the rear bumper. This distance may OWNERS MANUAL: This greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To be less during warmer or humid message can occur under the prevent injury, death, or vehicle weather. following conditions: damage, even with parking assist, Turning the System On and Off . The sensors are not clean. Keep always check the area around the the rear bumper free of mud, vehicle and check all mirrors The system can be disabled through dirt, snow, ice, slush, and frost. before backing. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The message may not clear until See “Park Assist” under Driver frost or ice has melted all around Information Center (DIC) on and inside the sensor. page 5-24. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-36 Driving and Operating
. A trailer is attached to the Vehicles with Navigation vehicle, or a bicycle or an object { Warning System hanging out of the rear door during the current or last drive The RVC system does not display When the vehicle is shifted into cycle. RPA will return to normal children, pedestrians, bicyclists, R (Reverse), the video image operation after it is determined crossing traffic, animals, or any appears on the navigation screen. the object is removed. This other object located outside the After a delay, the navigation screen could take a few drive cycles. camera's field of view, below the displays the previous screen after the vehicle is shifted out of . bumper, or under the vehicle. A tow bar is attached to the R (Reverse). vehicle. Perceived distances may be different from actual distances. The delay that is received after Other conditions may affect system Do not back the vehicle using shifting out of R (Reverse) is performance, such as vibrations only the RVC screen. Failure to approximately 10 seconds. Return to from a jackhammer or the use proper care before backing the previous screen sooner by compression of air brakes on a very may result in injury, death, performing one of the following: large truck. or vehicle damage. Always check . Press a hard key on the Rear Vision behind and around the vehicle navigation system. before backing. Camera (RVC) . Shift into P (Park). If available, the RVC system is . Reach a vehicle speed of Vehicles without Navigation 8 km/h (5 mph). designed to help the driver when System backing up by displaying a view of Symbols and Guidelines the area behind the vehicle. When the vehicle is on and shifted into R (Reverse), the video image The navigation system may have a appears on the inside rearview feature that allows for viewing mirror. The video image disappears parking assist symbols and/or after the vehicle is shifted out of guidelines on the navigation R (Reverse). screen while using the RVC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-37
The Rear Park Assist (RPA) system 3. Select the Rear Camera Options must not be disabled to use the screen button. The Rear Camera caution symbols. If RPA has been Options screen displays. disabled and the symbols have 4. Touch the Symbols or been turned on, the Rear Parking Guidelines screen button. The Assist Symbols Unavailable error screen button will be highlighted message may display. See Parking when the feature is on. Assist on page 9-35. The symbols appear near objects RVC Location detected by the RPA system. The symbol may cover the object when viewing the navigation screen. The guideline overlay can help the driver 1. View displayed by the align the vehicle when backing into camera a parking spot. To turn the symbols or guidelines on or off: 1. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press MENU to enter the configure menu options. Turn the Multifunction knob until the Display feature is highlighted The camera is above the license and press the Multifunction plate. knob; or press the Display This shows the field of view that the 1. View displayed by the screen button. camera provides. camera 2. Corners of the rear bumper Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-38 Driving and Operating
Displayed images may be further or . The back of the vehicle is in an . A fast flash may indicate that the closer than they appear. The area accident. The position and display has been on for the displayed is limited and objects that mounting angle of the camera maximum allowable time during are close to either corner of the can change or the camera can a reverse cycle, or the display bumper or under the bumper do not be affected. Be sure to have the has reached an Over display. camera and its position and Temperature limit. mounting angle checked at your When the System Does Not The fast flash conditions are dealer. used to protect the video device Seem To Work Properly The RVC system display in the from high temperature The RVC system might not work rearview mirror may turn off or not conditions. Once conditions properly or display a clear image if: appear as expected due to one of return to normal, the device will the following conditions. If this reset and the indicator will stop . It is dark. occurs, the left indicator light on the flashing. . The sun or the beam of mirror will flash. headlamps is shining directly During any of these fault conditions, . into the camera lens. A slow flash may indicate a loss the display will be blank and the of video signal, or no video indicator will flash while the vehicle . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else signal present during the reverse is in R (Reverse) or until the builds up on the camera lens. cycle. conditions return to normal. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-39
Fuel Use of Seasonal Fuels Use summer and winter fuels in the For diesel engine vehicles, see appropriate season. The fuels Fuel for Diesel Engines in the “ ” industry automatically modifies the Duramax diesel supplement. fuel for the appropriate season. For gasoline engine vehicles, use of If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for the recommended fuel is an long periods of time, driving or important part of the proper starting could be affected. Drive the maintenance of this vehicle. When vehicle until the fuel is at one-half driving in the U.S. and Canada, to tank or less, then refuel with the help keep the engine clean and current seasonal fuel. maintain optimum vehicle Prohibited Fuels performance, we recommend using If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap, TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the Gasolines containing oxygenates See www.toptiergas.com for a list of vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on such as ethers and ethanol, as well TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. page 9-41. as reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. If these Use regular unleaded gasoline gasolines comply with the meeting ASTM specification D4814 previously described specification, with a posted octane rating of 87 or then they are acceptable to use. higher. Do not use gasoline with an However, E85 (85% ethanol) and octane rating below 87; as it may other fuels containing more than cause engine damage and will lower 15% ethanol must be used only in fuel economy. FlexFuel vehicles. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-40 Driving and Operating
California Fuel Fuels in Foreign { Caution Requirements Countries Do not use fuel containing If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries methanol. It can corrode metal California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the parts in the fuel system and also designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find. damage plastic and rubber parts. meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel That damage would not be the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability covered under the vehicle label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never warranty. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other Some gasolines, mainly high octane satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly racing gasolines, can contain an federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper octane-enhancing additive called control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the methylcyclopentadienyl manganese be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty. tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use indicator lamp could turn on and the gasolines and/or fuel additives with vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives MMT as they can reduce spark plug test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-17. If this occurs, To keep fuel systems clean, TOP life and affect emission control TIER Detergent Gasoline is system performance. The return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the recommended. See Fuel on malfunction indicator lamp may turn page 9-39. on. If this occurs, see your dealer condition is caused by the type of for service. fuel used, repairs may not be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is covered by the vehicle warranty. not available, one bottle of Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-41
gasoline additive recommended by E85 or FlexFuel should meet General Motors. It is available at ASTM Specification D 5798 or { Caution your dealer. CAN/CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol Some additives are not Do not use additives with E85 or compatible with E85 or FlexFuel FlexFuel. content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that do not meet ASTM or and can harm the vehicle's fuel CGSB specifications can affect system. Do not add anything to E85 or FlexFuel driveability and could cause the E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can malfunction indicator lamp to by additives would not be covered use either unleaded gasoline or fuel come on. by the vehicle warranty. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). After refueling, the vehicle All other vehicles should use only calculates the composition of the the unleaded gasoline as described fuel. It is not recommended to { Caution in Fuel on page 9-39. repeatedly switch between fuels. The use of E85 or FlexFuel is If fuels are switched frequently, add Do not use fuel containing encouraged when the vehicle is as much fuel as possible and do not methanol. It can corrode metal designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel add less than 11 L (3 gal) when parts in the fuel system and also is made from renewable sources. refueling. Drive at least 11 km (7 mi) damage plastic and rubber parts. immediately after refueling to allow To help locate fuel stations that That damage would not be the vehicle to adapt to the change in carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. covered under the vehicle ethanol concentration. Department of Energy has an warranty. alternative fuels website. See Because E85 or FlexFuel has less www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ energy per liter (gallon) than stations. gasoline, the vehicle will need to be refilled more often. See Filling the Tank on page 9-42. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-42 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel Warning (Continued) door on the driver side of the vehicle. { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the the fuel cap will be yellow and state violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is that E85 or gasoline can be used. death. more likely in hot weather. See E85 or FlexFuel on page 9-41. . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly and To remove the fuel cap, turn it and others, read and follow wait for any hiss noise to stop slowly counterclockwise. all the instructions on the fuel then unscrew the cap all the way. While refueling, hang the tethered pump island. fuel cap from the hook on the . Turn off the engine when fuel door. refueling. Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not . Keep sparks, flames, and top off or overfill the tank and wait a smoking materials away few seconds after you have finished from fuel. pumping before removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted . Do not leave the fuel pump surfaces as soon as possible. See unattended. Exterior Care on page 10-80. . Do not reenter the vehicle When replacing the fuel cap, while pumping fuel. turn it clockwise until it clicks. . Keep children away from the Make sure the cap is fully installed. fuel pump and never let The diagnostic system can children pump fuel. determine if the fuel cap has been (Continued) left off or improperly installed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-43
This would allow fuel to evaporate Filling a Portable Fuel into the atmosphere. See Warning (Continued) Malfunction Indicator Lamp on Container page 5-17. keep it in contact with the fill { Warning opening until filling is complete. { Warning Filling a portable fuel container . Fill the container no more If a fire starts while you are while it is in the vehicle can cause than 95% full to allow for refueling, do not remove the fuel vapors that can ignite either expansion. by static electricity or other nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by . Do not smoke, light matches, means. You or others could be shutting off the pump or by or use lighters while notifying the station attendant. badly burned and the vehicle pumping fuel. Leave the area immediately. could be damaged. Always: . Avoid using cell phones or . Use approved fuel other electronic devices. containers. { Caution . Remove the container from the vehicle, trunk, or pickup If a new fuel cap is needed, be bed before filling. sure to get the right type of cap . Place the container on the from your dealer. The wrong type ground. of fuel cap may not fit properly, . may cause the malfunction Place the nozzle inside the fill opening of the container indicator lamp to light, and could before dispensing fuel, and damage the fuel tank and emissions system. See (Continued) Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-17. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-44 Driving and Operating
Driving Characteristics Trailer Towing { Warning and Towing Tips General Towing When towing a trailer, exhaust Driving with a Trailer Information gases may collect at the rear of When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the Only use towing equipment that has . Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most been designed for the vehicle. window is open. Contact your dealer or trailering and local laws that apply to dealer for assistance with preparing trailer towing. When towing a trailer: the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, the entire section before towing a first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most trailer. damage to the engine, axle, window open. or other parts. For towing a disabled vehicle, see . Fully open the air outlets on Towing the Vehicle on page 10-78. . Then during the first 800 km or under the instrument For towing the vehicle behind (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not panel. another vehicle such as a motor drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and . home, see Recreational Vehicle do not make starts at full throttle. Also adjust the climate Towing on page 10-78. control system to a setting . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). that brings in only outside air. Shift the transmission to a lower See “Climate Control gear if the transmission shifts Systems” in the Index. too often under heavy loads and/ or hilly conditions. For more information about Carbon Monoxide, see Engine . Turn off Park Assist when Exhaust on page 9-21. towing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-45
Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing amount of experience. The Caution (Continued) More passing distance is needed combination you are driving is when towing a trailer. The longer and not as responsive as the The vehicle could be damaged. combination will not accelerate as vehicle itself. Get acquainted with Avoid making very sharp turns quickly and is longer so it is the handling and braking of the rig while trailering. necessary to go much farther before setting out for the open road. beyond the passed vehicle before Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane. When turning with a trailer, make parts and attachments, safety wider turns than normal. Do this so chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up the trailer will not strike soft tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Hold the bottom of the steering shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, electric brakes, start the wheel with one hand. To move the or other objects. Avoid jerky or combination moving and then apply trailer to the left, move that hand to sudden maneuvers. Signal well in the trailer brake controller by hand the left. To move the trailer to the advance. to be sure the brakes work. right, move your hand to the right. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and, out, the arrows on the instrument to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone cluster will still flash for turns. It is and the lamps and any trailer guide you. important to check occasionally to brakes still work. be sure the trailer bulbs are still Making Turns working. Following Distance Driving on Grades Stay at least twice as far behind the { Caution Reduce speed and shift to a lower vehicle ahead as you would when Making very sharp turns while driving the vehicle without a trailer. gear before starting down a long or trailering could cause the trailer to This can help to avoid heavy steep downgrade. If the come in contact with the vehicle. braking and sudden turns. transmission is not shifted down, the (Continued) brakes might get hot and no longer work well. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-46 Driving and Operating
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift Parking on Hills 2. Have someone place chocks the transmission to a lower gear if under the trailer wheels. the transmission shifts too often { Warning 3. When the wheel chocks are in under heavy loads and/or hilly place, release the regular brakes conditions. Parking the vehicle on a hill with until the chocks absorb the load. The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if the trailer attached can be dangerous. If something goes 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then the transmission shifts too often. apply the parking brake and shift wrong, the rig could start to move. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-27. into P (Park). People can be injured, and both When towing at high altitude on 5. Release the brake pedal. steep uphill grades, consider the the vehicle and the trailer can be following: Engine coolant will boil at damaged. When possible, always Leaving After Parking on a Hill a lower temperature than at normal park the rig on a flat surface. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high If parking the rig on a hill: 2. Start the engine. altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. Shift into a gear. vehicle may show signs similar to 1. Press the brake pedal, but do engine overheating. To avoid this, not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 4. Release the parking brake. the wheels into the curb if facing let the engine run while parked, 5. Let up on the brake pedal. preferably on level ground, with the downhill or into traffic if facing transmission in P (Park) for a few uphill. 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is minutes before turning the engine clear of the chocks. off. If the overheat warning comes 7. Stop and have someone pick up on, see Engine Overheating on and store the chocks. page 10-18. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-47
Maintenance when Trailer Towing { Warning { Caution The vehicle needs service more The driver can lose control when Pulling a trailer improperly can often when pulling a trailer. See pulling a trailer if the correct damage the vehicle and result in Maintenance Schedule on equipment is not used or the costly repairs not covered by the page 11-3. Things that are vehicle is not driven properly. For vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer especially important in trailer example, if the trailer is too correctly, follow the advice in this operation are automatic heavy, the brakes may not work section and see your dealer for transmission fluid, engine oil, axle well — or even at all. The driver important information about lubricant, belts, cooling system, and and passengers could be towing a trailer with the vehicle. brake system. It is a good idea to seriously injured. The vehicle may inspect these before and during also be damaged; the resulting the trip. To identify the trailering capacity of repairs would not be covered by the vehicle, read the information in Check periodically to see that all the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer “Weight of the Trailer” following. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your Trailering is different than just Trailer Towing dealer for advice and information driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in about towing a trailer with the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, handling, acceleration, braking, vehicle. see the Duramax diesel durability, and fuel economy. supplement. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-48 Driving and Operating
The following information has many Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated time-tested, important trailering tips assuming only the driver is in the How heavy can a trailer safely be? and safety rules. Many of these are tow vehicle and it has all the important for your safety and that of It depends on how the rig is used. required trailering equipment. The your passengers. So please read For example, speed, altitude, road weight of additional optional this section carefully before pulling a grades, outside temperature, and equipment, passengers,and cargo in trailer. how much the vehicle is used to pull the tow vehicle must be subtracted a trailer are all important. It can from the maximum trailer weight. depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later in this section. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (49,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-49
Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 266 kg (7,200 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (50,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-50 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) *The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering If there are a lot of options, information or advice. equipment, passengers, or cargo in the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9 for cargo carried in it, and the people more information about the vehicle's who will be riding in the vehicle. maximum load capacity. The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight (2), up to a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (51,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-51
maximum of 181 kg (400 lb) with a additional weight may reduce the Towing Equipment weight carrying hitch. The trailer trailering capacity more than the tongue weight (1) should be total of the additional weight. Hitches 10 percent to 15 percent of the total It is important that the vehicle does The correct hitch equipment helps loaded trailer weight (2), up to a not exceed any of its ratings — maintain combination control. Many maximum of 454 kg (1,000 lb) with a GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum trailers can be towed with a weight distributing hitch. Trailer Rating, or Tongue Weight. weight-carrying hitch which simply Do not exceed the maximum The only way to be sure it is not features a coupler latched to the allowable tongue weight for the exceeding any of these ratings is to hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch weigh the vehicle and trailer. pintle hook. Other trailers may extension that will position the hitch require a weight-distributing hitch ball closest to the vehicle. This will Total Weight on the Vehicle's that uses spring bars to distribute help reduce the effect of trailer Tires the trailer tongue weight among the tongue weight on the rear axle. Be sure the vehicle tires are inflated two vehicle and trailer axles. See Weight of the Trailer Tongue under After loading the trailer, weigh the to the upper limit for cold tires. “ ” Trailer Towing on page 9-47 for trailer and then the tongue, These numbers can be found on the separately, to see if the weights are Certification label at the rear edge of rating limits with various hitch types. proper. If they are not, adjustments the driver door, or see Vehicle Load Consider using sway controls with might be made by moving some Limits on page 9-9. Make sure not any trailer. Ask a trailering items around in the trailer. to go over the GVW limit for the professional about sway controls or vehicle, or the GAWR, including the Trailering may be limited by the refer to the trailer manufacturer's weight of the trailer tongue. If using recommendations and instructions. vehicle's ability to carry tongue a weight distributing hitch, make weight. Tongue weight cannot cause sure not to go over the rear axle the vehicle to exceed the GVWR limit before applying the weight (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or distribution spring bars. the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating). The effect of Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (52,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-52 Driving and Operating
Weight-Distributing Hitches Safety Chains panel. The four-wire harness assembly comes without a and Weight Carrying Hitches Always attach chains between the connector. A weight distributing hitch may be vehicle and the trailer. Cross the useful with some trailers. Use the safety chains under the tongue of If the vehicle does not have a trailer following guidelines to determine if a the trailer to help prevent the tongue hitch, the seven-wire harness weight distributing hitch should from contacting the road if it assembly with connector is taped be used. becomes separated from the hitch. together and located in a frame Always leave just enough slack so pocket at the driver side rear left the rig can turn. Never allow safety corner of the frame. chains to drag on the ground. If the vehicle has a trailer hitch, the Trailer Brakes seven-wire harness assembly with connector is attached to a bracket A loaded trailer that weighs more on the hitch platform. In both cases, than 680 kg (1,500 lb) needs to have the seven-wire harness has a its own brake system that is connector and includes a 30-amp adequate for the weight of the feed wire. trailer. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes The seven-wire harness connector so they are installed, adjusted and contains the following trailer circuits: maintained properly. . Light Green: Back-up Lamps (10A fuse)** 1. Body to Ground Distance Trailer Wiring Harness . White: Ground 2. Front of Vehicle The optional heavy-duty trailer When using a weight-distributing wiring package includes a wiring . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so harness, with a seven-pin connector . Dark Green: Right Rear Stop the distance (1) remains the same at the rear of the vehicle and a and Turn Signal* both before and after coupling the four-wire harness assembly under trailer to the tow vehicle. the driver side of the instrument Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (53,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Driving and Operating 9-53
. Red/Black Stripe: Battery Feed ** If the vehicle is a cutaway with Tow/Haul is a feature that assists (30A Fuse) trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will when pulling a heavy trailer or a . Brown: Trailer Park Lamp be shared for trailer park lamps and large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul Supply Voltage (15A fuse)** cutaway rear lighting connector park Mode on page 9-27. lamps. Also, a 10 amp fuse will be . Tow/Haul is designed to be most Yellow: Left Rear Stop and Turn shared for trailer back-up lamps and Signal * effective when the vehicle and cutaway rear lighting connector trailer combined weight is at least The four-wire harness (without back-up lamps. 75 percent of the vehicle Gross connector) contains the following Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). circuits: Tow/Haul Mode See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer . Black: Ground This button is on the instrument Towing on page 9-47. Tow/Haul is panel, to the right of the steering most useful under the following . Red/White: Battery Feed wheel. driving conditions: . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal Pressing this button turns on and off . When pulling a heavy trailer or a . Light Blue: CHMSL/Stoplamp the Tow/Haul Mode. large or heavy load through Supply Voltage rolling terrain. * If the vehicle is a cutaway with . When pulling a heavy trailer or a trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will large or heavy load in be shared for both left/stop trailer stop-and-go traffic. turn and right/stop trailer turn . When pulling a heavy trailer or a signals. However, the cutaway large or heavy load in busy lighting connector will have a parking lots where improved low 10 amp fuse for each signal. This indicator light on the instrument cluster comes on when the Tow/ speed control of the vehicle is Haul Mode is on. desired. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (54,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
9-54 Driving and Operating
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the Mode when lightly loaded or with no vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the trailer at all will not cause damage. Add-Ons vehicle is not operating. However, there is no benefit to the The vehicle has an airbag system. selection of Tow/Haul when the Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything vehicle is unloaded. Such a Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see selection when unloaded may result Servicing the Airbag-Equipped in unpleasant engine and { Caution Vehicle on page 3-26 and Adding transmission driving characteristics Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ Vehicle on page 3-26. Haul is recommended only when Some electrical equipment can pulling a heavy trailer or a large or damage the vehicle or cause heavy load. components to not work and would not be covered by the warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Brakes ...... 10-22 Center High-Mounted Vehicle Care Brake Fluid ...... 10-23 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-32 Battery ...... 10-24 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-33 Rear Axle ...... 10-25 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-33 General Information Noise Control System ...... 10-25 General Information ...... 10-2 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-26 Electrical System California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Lock Control Function Overload ...... 10-34 California Perchlorate Check ...... 10-27 Fuses and Circuit Materials Requirements . . . . 10-2 Ignition Transmission Lock Breakers ...... 10-35 Accessories and Check ...... 10-27 Engine Compartment Fuse Modifications ...... 10-2 Park Brake and P (Park) Block ...... 10-35 Mechanism Check ...... 10-27 Floor Console Fuse Vehicle Checks Block ...... 10-39 Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Service Work ...... 10-3 Replacement ...... 10-28 Wheels and Tires Hood ...... 10-4 Headlamp Aiming Tires ...... 10-41 Engine Compartment Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 All-Season Tires ...... 10-42 Overview ...... 10-5 Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Engine Oil ...... 10-6 Bulb Replacement All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-43 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-8 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-29 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Automatic Transmission Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-29 Tire Designations ...... 10-46 Fluid ...... 10-9 Headlamps ...... 10-29 Tire Terminology and Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Front Turn Signal, Definitions ...... 10-47 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 Engine Coolant ...... 10-14 Lamps ...... 10-31 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Overheating ...... 10-18 Taillamps ...... 10-31 System ...... 10-51 Engine Fan ...... 10-20 Tire Pressure Monitor Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Operation ...... 10-52 Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection ...... 10-56 General Information cause cancer and birth defects or Tire Rotation ...... 10-56 other reproductive harm. Engine Dual Tire Rotation ...... 10-57 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems, When It Is Time for New your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component Tires ...... 10-58 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 and supported service people. emit these chemicals. Different Size Tires and Genuine GM parts have one of Wheels ...... 10-60 these marks: California Perchlorate Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 10-61 Materials Requirements Wheel Alignment and Tire Certain types of automotive Balance ...... 10-62 applications, such as airbag Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 initiators, safety belt pretensioners, Tire Chains ...... 10-63 and lithium batteries contained in If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, Tire Changing ...... 10-66 may contain perchlorate materials. Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-74 Special handling may be necessary. Jump Starting For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ Jump Starting ...... 10-74 perchlorate. Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-78 Accessories and Recreational Vehicle California Proposition Modifications Towing ...... 10-78 65 Warning Adding non‐dealer accessories or Appearance Care Most motor vehicles, including this making modifications to the vehicle Exterior Care ...... 10-80 one, contain and/or emit chemicals can affect vehicle performance and Interior Care ...... 10-85 known to the State of California to safety, including such things as Floor Mats ...... 10-88 airbags, braking, stability, ride and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. aerodynamics, durability, and Before attempting to do your own electronic systems like antilock service work, see Servicing the brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on control. These accessories or Service Work page 3-26. modifications could even cause Keep a record with all parts receipts malfunction or damage not covered { Warning and list the mileage and the date of by the vehicle warranty. any service work performed. See Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have page 11-14. installation or use of non‐GM the proper knowledge, service certified parts, including control manual, tools, or parts. Always { Caution module or software modifications, is follow owner manual procedures not covered under the terms of the and consult the service manual Even small amounts of vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any contamination can cause damage remaining warranty coverage for service work. to vehicle systems. Do not allow affected parts. contaminants to contact the fluids, GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service reservoir caps, or dipsticks. complement and function with other work, use the proper service systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11. page 3-26. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
Hood 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and If the vehicle has an underhood lift up the secondary hood lamp, it will automatically come on To open the hood: release, which is underneath the and stay on until the hood is closed. middle of the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all of the filler caps are on properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer. Let the hood down and 1. Pull the handle with this symbol close it firmly. on it. It is in front of the driver side door frame near the floor.
3. Lift the hood, release the hood prop from its retainer, and put the hood prop into the slot in the hood. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
6.0L V8 Engine Shown (4.8L V8 Engine Similar) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Battery on page 10-24. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid . Change the engine oil at the Reservoir. See “Adding Washer appropriate time. See Engine Oil 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Life System on page 10-8. Cooling System on page 10-14. Fluid” under Washer Fluid on page 10-21. . Always dispose of engine oil 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See properly. See “What to Do with Cooling System on page 10-14. Engine Oil Used Oil” in this section. 4. Automatic Transmission Fluid For diesel engine vehicles, see Dipstick. See Checking the Checking Engine Oil “ “Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel Fluid Level” under Automatic supplement. It is a good idea to check the engine Transmission Fluid on oil level at each fuel fill. In order to page 10-9. To ensure proper engine get an accurate reading, the vehicle performance and long life, careful must be on level ground. The 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When attention must be paid to engine oil. engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Following these simple, but Oil on page 10-6. See Engine Compartment Overview important steps will help protect on page 10-5 for the location of the 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See your investment: engine oil dipstick. “Checking Engine Oil” under . Always use engine oil approved Engine Oil on page 10-6. Obtaining an accurate oil level to the proper specification and of reading is essential: 7. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on the proper viscosity grade. See 1. If the engine has been running page 10-12. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section. recently, turn off the engine and 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. allow several minutes for the oil See Power Steering Fluid on . Check the engine oil level to drain back into the oil pan. page 10-20. regularly and maintain the Checking the oil level too soon proper oil level. See Checking 9. Brake Master Cylinder “ after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil and When to Add Reservoir. See Brake Fluid on ” “ provide an accurate oil level Engine Oil in this section. page 10-23. ” reading. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
what kind of oil to use. For engine Add enough oil to put the level { Warning oil crankcase capacity, see somewhere in the proper operating Capacities and Specifications on range. Push the dipstick all the way The engine oil dipstick handle page 12-2. back in when through. may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the Selecting the Right Engine Oil { Caution dipstick handle. Selecting the right engine oil Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade. with a clean paper towel or cloth, acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and then push it back in all the way. shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants on page 11-11. Remove it again, keeping the tip to the engine. If you find that you Specification down, and check the level. have an oil level above the operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for licensed engine oils When to Add Engine Oil ® has so much oil that the oil level with the dexos1 approved gets above the cross-hatched certification mark. Engine oils meeting the requirements for the area that shows the proper vehicle should have the dexos1 operating range, the engine could approved certification mark. This be damaged. You should drain certification mark indicates that the out the excess oil or limit driving oil has been approved to the dexos1 of the vehicle and seek a service specification. See professional to remove the www.gmdexos.com. If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess amount of oil. area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See See Engine Compartment Overview “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in on page 10-5 for the location of the this section for an explanation of engine oil fill cap. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. earlier in this section for more Used oil can be a threat to the information. environment. If you change your Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil { Caution Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, engine oil can result in engine recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or damage not covered by the specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking vehicle warranty. Check with your dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. dealer or service provider on is needed for good performance and whether the oil is approved to the engine protection. Engine Oil Life System dexos1 specification. Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil Viscosity Grade engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil and filter. This is based engine oil. What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain include engine revolutions, engine area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature, and miles driven. temperature falls below −29°C your skin and could even cause Based on driving conditions, the (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. will provide easier cold starting for skin and nails with soap and water, the engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
For the oil life system to work If the system is ever reset Automatic Transmission properly, the system must be reset accidentally, the oil must be every time the oil is changed. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Fluid When the system has calculated since the last oil change. When to Check and Change that oil life has been diminished, it Remember to reset the oil life Automatic Transmission Fluid system whenever the oil is changed. indicates that an oil change is It is usually not necessary to check necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil the transmission fluid level. The only OIL SOON message comes on. See Life System reason for fluid loss is a Engine Oil Messages on page 5-31. Reset the system whenever the transmission leak or overheated Change the oil as soon as possible transmission. If a small leak is within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next suspected, use the following It is possible that, if driving under procedures to check the fluid level. the best conditions, the oil life engine oil change. To reset the system: However, if there is a large leak, it system might indicate that an oil may be necessary to have the change is not necessary for up to a 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN vehicle towed to a dealer and have year. The engine oil and filter must with the engine off. it repaired before driving the vehicle be changed at least once a year further. and, at this time, the system must 2. Fully press and release the be reset. Your dealer has trained accelerator pedal slowly three Change the fluid and filter at the service people who will perform this times within five seconds. intervals listed in Maintenance work and reset the system. It is also 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. Schedule on page 11-3, and be sure important to check the oil regularly to use the transmission fluid listed in If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON over the course of an oil drain Recommended Fluids and message comes back on when the interval and keep it at the proper Lubricants on page 11-11. vehicle is started, the engine oil life level. system has not reset. Repeat the procedure. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
How to Check Automatic A cold fluid level check can be Transmission Fluid Caution (Continued) performed after the vehicle has been sitting for eight hours or more Because this operation can be transmission to overheat. Be sure with the engine off, but this is used difficult, it is recommended to have to get an accurate reading if only as a reference. Let the engine this check done at your dealer, checking the transmission fluid. run at idle for five minutes if the which can monitor the transmission outside temperature is between temperature. The transmission fluid 15°C to 32°C (60°F to 90°F). Should level increases with temperature. To Wait at least 30 minutes with the engine off, before checking the the fluid level be low during this cold obtain a highly accurate fluid level check, the fluid must be checked check, the transmission temperature transmission fluid level if the vehicle has been driven: warm or hot before adding fluid. must be measured. If the outside temperature is colder . If it is decided to check the fluid In hot weather, when outside than 15°C (60°F) or hotter than level, be sure to follow all the temperatures are above 32°C 32°C (90°F), a cold check cannot be instructions here, or a false reading (90°F). performed. on the dipstick may occur. . The vehicle is heavily loaded. A warm fluid level check can be . At high speed for quite a while in performed by driving the vehicle { Caution hot weather. under lightly loaded conditions and outside temperatures between 10°C . In heavy traffic and hot weather. Too much or too little fluid can to 27°C (50°F to 80°F). The vehicle damage the transmission. Too . While pulling a trailer. should be driven for at least 24 km much can mean that some of the After driving under these conditions, (15 mi) before performing a warm fluid could come out and fall on a hot check can be performed. The check. Checking the fluid warm or hot engine parts or exhaust fluid should be hot, which is 71°C to hot will give a more accurate system parts, starting a fire. Too 93°C (160°F to 200°F). reading of the fluid level than a cold little fluid could cause the check. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
Because the vehicle is equipped 2. Push it back in all the way, wait with a high-efficiency air-to-oil three seconds, and pull it back cooler, the transmission fluid out again. temperature may not reach the 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, required hot fluid level checking and read the lower level. The temperature under normal lightly fluid level must be in the loaded driving vehicle conditions. The transmission dipstick is near COLD (1) range for a cold Checking the Fluid Level the center of the engine check, transmission temperature compartment and will be labeled 27°C to 32°C (80°F to 90°F); Prepare the vehicle: with the graphic shown. between the COLD (1) and 1. Park the vehicle on a level See Engine Compartment Overview HOT (3) range for a WARM (2) place. Keep the engine running. on page 10-5 for more information check, 50°C to 60°C (122°F to 2. With the parking brake applied, on location. 140°F); or in the HOT (3) place the shift lever in P (Park). cross-hatched range for a hot check, 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 3. With a foot on the brake pedal, 200°F). Be sure to keep the move the shift lever through dipstick pointed down to get an each gear range, pausing for accurate reading. about three seconds in each range. When M is reached, 4. If the fluid level is in the move the selector from M1 acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way; then through M3. Then, position the 1. COLD Range shift lever in P (Park). flip the handle down to lock the 2. WARM Range dipstick in place. 4. Let the engine run at idle for 3. HOT Range two minutes or more. 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the Then, without shutting off the dipstick, and wipe it with a clean engine, use the steps that follow. rag or paper towel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
How to Add Automatic Fluid” earlier in this section for . When the correct fluid level is Transmission Fluid instructions on driving to achieve obtained, push the dipstick back warm or hot transmission fluid. in all the way; then flip the Refer to Recommended Fluids and It does not take much fluid, handle down to lock the dipstick Lubricants on page 11-11 to generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do in place. determine what kind of transmission not overfill. fluid to use. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter { Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the 1. WARM Range automatic transmission fluid listed 2. HOT Range in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-11. Using a funnel, add fluid down the transmission dipstick tube only after checking the transmission fluid . After adding fluid, recheck the while it is warm or hot. A cold check fluid level as described under The engine air cleaner/filter is near is used only as a reference. If the “How to Check Automatic the center of the engine fluid level is low, add only enough of Transmission Fluid,” earlier in the proper fluid to bring the level up this section. compartment. See Engine to the middle of the WARM (1) or Compartment Overview on HOT (2) range depending on the page 10-5. ambient temperature and prior driving conditions. Refer to “How to Check Automatic Transmission Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: { Warning Inspect or replace the air cleaner/ 1. Unhook the retainer clips and Operating the engine with the air filter at the scheduled maintenance remove the cover. cleaner/filter off can cause you or intervals. See Maintenance 2. Lift the filter out of the engine air others to be burned. The air Schedule on page 11-3. If driving in cleaner/filter housing. Care cleaner not only cleans the air; it dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the should be taken to dislodge as helps to stop flames if the engine filter at each engine oil change. little dirt as possible. backfires. Use caution when How to Inspect the Engine Air 3. Clean the engine air cleaner/ working on the engine and do not Cleaner/Filter filter housing. drive with the air cleaner/filter off. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 4. Inspect or replace the engine air remove the filter from the vehicle cleaner/filter. Make sure that the and lightly shake it to release loose filter fits properly into the { Caution dust and dirt. If the filter remains housing. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt covered with dirt, a new filter is 5. Reinstall the cover and fasten can easily get into the engine, required. Never use compressed air the retaining clips. to clean the filter. which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
Cooling System { Warning { Caution The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan can Using coolant other than working temperature. start even when the engine is not DEX-COOL® can cause running. To avoid injury, always premature engine, heater core, keep hands, clothing, and tools or radiator corrosion. In addition, away from any engine the engine coolant could require cooling fan. changing sooner. Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant { Warning in the vehicle. Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very Engine Coolant hot. Do not touch them. If you do, you can be burned. The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL® engine 1. Radiator Pressure Cap Do not run the engine if there is a coolant. This coolant is designed to 2. Coolant Recovery Tank leak. If you run the engine, it remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could lose all coolant. That could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out cause an engine fire, and you occurs first. of View) could be burned. Get any leak The following explains the cooling fixed before you drive the vehicle. system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10-18. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL Caution (Continued) { Warning coolant. If using this mixture, nothing else needs to be added. mixture can freeze and crack engine cooling parts. The repairs Adding only plain water or some This mixture: would not be covered by the other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down vehicle warranty. Use only the can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside proper mixture of engine coolant and other liquids, can boil before temperature. for the cooling system. See the proper coolant mixture will. . Gives boiling protection up to Recommended Fluids and The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine Lubricants on page 11-11. for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and Never dispose of engine coolant by hot but you would not get the corrosion. putting it in the trash, pouring it on overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. the ground, or into sewers, streams, could catch fire and you or or bodies of water. Have the coolant . Helps keep the proper engine changed by an authorized service others could be burned. Use a temperature. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable center, familiar with legal water and DEX-COOL coolant. requirements regarding used { Caution coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your If improper coolant mixture, health. inhibitors, or additives are used in the vehicle cooling system, the engine could overheat and be damaged. Too much water in the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant When the engine is cold, the coolant level should be at or above the { Caution The vehicle must be on a level COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there surface when checking the coolant could be a leak in the cooling This vehicle has a specific level. system. coolant fill procedure. Failure to Check to see if coolant is visible in follow this procedure could cause If the coolant is low, add the coolant the coolant recovery tank. If the the engine to overheat and be or take the vehicle to a dealer for coolant inside the coolant recovery severely damaged. service. tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. If coolant is How to Add Coolant to the If coolant is needed, add the proper visible but the coolant level is not at Recovery Tank for Gasoline DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the or above the COLD FILL mark, add Engines coolant recovery tank. a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the How to Add Coolant to the coolant recovery tank, but be sure { Warning Radiator the cooling system is cool before You can be burned if you spill this is done. coolant on hot engine parts. { Warning Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts Steam and scalding liquids from a are hot enough. Do not spill hot cooling system can blow out coolant on a hot engine. and burn you badly. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling The coolant recovery tank cap has system and surge tank pressure this symbol on it. cap to cool. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
If coolant is needed, add the proper mixture directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done.
1. Remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system, 3. Fill the radiator with the proper 4. Fill the coolant recovery tank to including the radiator pressure DEX-COOL coolant mixture, up the COLD FILL mark. cap and upper radiator hose, is to the base of the filler neck. 5. Reinstall the cap back on the no longer hot. Turn the pressure See Recommended Fluids and cap slowly counterclockwise coolant recovery tank, but leave Lubricants on page 11-11 for the radiator pressure cap off. until it first stops. Do not press more information about the down while turning the proper coolant mixture. pressure cap. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, but now push down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
8. Replace the pressure cap. At If the decision is made not to lift the any time during this procedure if hood when this warning appears, coolant begins to flow out of the but instead get service help right filler neck, reinstall the away, see Roadside Assistance pressure cap. Program on page 13-5. If the decision is made to lift the { Caution hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface. If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and Then check to see if the engine possible engine damage may cooling fans are running. If the occur. Be sure the cap is properly engine is overheating, the fan and tightly secured. should be running. If it is not, do not 6. Start the engine and let it run continue to run the engine and have until the upper radiator hose can the vehicle serviced. be felt getting hot. Watch out for Engine Overheating the engine cooling fan. See if the engine cooling fan speed If the vehicle has a diesel engine, increases when idle speed is 7. By this time, the coolant level see the Duramax diesel doubled by pushing the accelerator inside the radiator filler neck supplement. pedal down. If it does not, the may be lower. If the level is vehicle needs service. Turn off the lower, add more of the proper The vehicle has an indicator to warn engine. DEX-COOL coolant mixture of engine overheating. through the filler neck until the There is an engine coolant level reaches the base of the temperature gauge on the vehicle's filler neck. instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5-13. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
If the overheat warning is displayed { Caution Warning (Continued) with no sign of steam: Running the engine without If you keep driving when the 1. Turn the air off. coolant may cause damage or a engine is overheated, the liquids 2. Turn the heater on to the highest fire. Vehicle damage would not be in it can catch fire. You or others temperature and to the highest covered by the vehicle warranty. could be badly burned. Stop the fan speed. Open the windows as engine if it overheats, and get out necessary. If Steam is Coming from the of the vehicle until the engine 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off is cool. Engine Compartment the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and let the { Warning If No Steam is Coming from engine idle. the Engine Compartment If the engine coolant temperature Steam from an overheated engine If an engine overheat warning is gauge is no longer in the overheat can burn you badly, even if you displayed but no steam can be seen zone or an overheat warning no just open the hood. Stay away or heard, the problem may not be longer displays, the vehicle can be from the engine if you see or hear too serious. Sometimes the engine driven. Continue to drive the vehicle steam coming from it. Just turn it can get a little too hot when the slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a off and get everyone away from vehicle: safe vehicle distance from the the vehicle until it cools down. vehicle in front. If the warning does . Wait until there is no sign of Climbs a long hill on a hot day. not come back on, continue to drive steam or coolant before you open . Stops after high-speed driving. normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fit and the hood. . Idles for long periods in traffic. function. (Continued) . Tows a trailer. See “Driving on If the warning continues, pull over, Grades” under Trailer Towing on stop, and park the vehicle page 9-47. right away. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
If there is still no sign of steam, extra shifts. It is merely the cooling When to Check Power Steering push down the accelerator until the system functioning properly. The fan Fluid engine speed is about twice as fast will slow down when additional as normal idle speed for at least cooling is not required and the It is not necessary to regularly three minutes while parked. If the clutch partially disengages. check power steering fluid unless there is a leak suspected in the warning is still on, turn off the This fan noise may be heard when engine until it cools down. system or an unusual noise is starting the engine. It will go away heard. A fluid loss in this system If the decision is made not to lift the as the fan clutch partially could indicate a problem. Have the hood, get service help right away. disengages. system inspected and repaired. Engine Fan Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering Fluid The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. When the clutch is To check the power steering fluid: engaged, the fan spins faster to 1. Turn the key off and let the provide more air to cool the engine. engine compartment cool down. In most everyday driving conditions, the fan is spinning slower and the 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the clutch is not fully engaged. This reservoir clean. improves fuel economy and reduces The power steering fluid reservoir is 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle in the engine compartment on the dipstick with a clean rag. loading, trailer towing, and/or high driver side of the vehicle. See 4. Replace the cap and completely outside temperatures, the fan speed Engine Compartment Overview on tighten it. increases as the clutch more fully page 10-5 for reservoir location. engages, so an increase in fan 5. Remove the cap again and look noise may be heard. This is normal at the fluid level on the dipstick. and should not be mistaken as the transmission slipping or making Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
The level should be at the COLD Washer Fluid FILL mark. If necessary, add only { Caution enough fluid to bring the level up to What to Use . the mark. Do not use engine coolant When the vehicle needs windshield (antifreeze) in the windshield To prevent contamination of brake washer fluid, be sure to read the washer. It can damage the fluid, never check or fill the power manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer system steering reservoir with the brake use. If operating the vehicle in an and paint. master cylinder cover off. area where the temperature may fall . below freezing, use a fluid that has Do not mix water with What to Use sufficient protection against ready-to-use washer fluid. freezing. Water can cause the solution { Caution to freeze and damage the Adding Washer Fluid washer fluid tank and other Use of the incorrect fluid may parts of the washer system. damage the vehicle and the . When using concentrated damages may not be covered by washer fluid, follow the the vehicle warranty. Always use manufacturer instructions for the correct fluid listed in adding water. Recommended Fluids and . Fill the washer fluid tank only Lubricants on page 11-11. three-quarters full when it is Open the cap with the washer very cold. This allows for fluid symbol on it. Add washer fluid until expansion if freezing occurs, To determine what kind of fluid to the tank is full. See Engine use, see Recommended Fluids and which could damage the tank Compartment Overview on if it is completely full. Lubricants on page 11-11. Always page 10-5 for reservoir location. use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts can cause a brake squeal when the The braking system on a vehicle is This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly complex. Its many parts have to be brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean of top quality and work well together indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads if the vehicle is to have really good are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are braking. The vehicle was designed The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake and tested with top-quality brake heard all the time when the vehicle pulsation. When tires are rotated, parts. When parts of the braking is moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and system are replaced, be sure to get brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the new, approved replacement parts. proper sequence to torque If this is not done, the brakes might specifications. See Capacities and { Warning not work properly. For example, Specifications on page 12-2. installing disc brake pads that are The brake wear warning sound Brake pads should be replaced as wrong for the vehicle, can change means that soon the brakes will complete sets. the balance between the front and not work well. That could lead to rear brakes — for the worse. The Brake Pedal Travel braking performance expected can a crash. When the brake wear change in many other ways if the warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal wrong replacement brake parts are vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in installed. pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service might be { Caution required. Continuing to drive with worn-out Brake Adjustment brake pads could result in costly Every time the brakes are applied, brake repair. with or without the vehicle moving, the brakes adjust for wear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake fluid. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Adding fluid does not correct a leak. to determine when to check the If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid. See Maintenance worn, there will be too much fluid Schedule on page 11-3. when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Checking Brake Fluid as necessary, only when work is Check brake fluid by looking at the done on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid reservoir. See Engine Compartment Overview on The brake master cylinder reservoir page 10-5. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { Warning Engine Compartment Overview on If too much brake fluid is added, it page 10-5 for the location of the can spill on the engine and/or fuel reservoir. operated heater parts, There are only two reasons why the if equipped. If the vehicle has a brake fluid level in the reservoir diesel engine and a fuel operated might go down: heater, see “Fuel Operated . The brake fluid level goes down Heater (FOH)” in the diesel because of normal brake lining engine supplement. The fluid will wear. When new linings are burn if the engine is hot enough. installed, the fluid level goes You or others could be burned, back up. and the vehicle could be . A fluid leak in the brake damaged. Add brake fluid only hydraulic system can also cause when work is done on the brake The fluid level should be above a low fluid level. Have the brake hydraulic system. See “Checking MIN. If it is not, have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a Brake Fluid” in this section. hydraulic system checked to see if leak means that sooner or later there is a leak. the brakes will not work well. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
After work is done on the brake Battery hydraulic system, make sure the { Caution level is above the MIN but not over Refer to the replacement number . the MAX mark. Using the wrong fluid can shown on the original battery label badly damage brake when a new battery is needed. See What to Add hydraulic system parts. For Engine Compartment Overview on Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid example, just a few drops of page 10-5 for battery location. from a sealed container. See mineral-based oil, such as Recommended Fluids and engine oil, in the brake { Warning Lubricants on page 11-11. hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts Battery posts, terminals, and Always clean the brake fluid so badly that they will have to related accessories contain lead reservoir cap and the area around be replaced. Do not let and lead compounds, chemicals the cap before removing it. This someone put in the wrong known to the State of California to helps keep dirt from entering the kind of fluid. reservoir. cause cancer and reproductive . If brake fluid is spilled on the harm. Wash hands after handling. vehicle's painted surfaces, { Warning the paint finish can be damaged. Be careful not to With the wrong kind of fluid in the spill brake fluid on the brake hydraulic system, the vehicle. If you do, wash it off brakes might not work well. This immediately. could cause a crash. Always use the proper brake fluid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
Vehicle Storage How to Check Lubricant What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and { Warning Lubricants on page 11-11 to determine what kind of lubricant Batteries have acid that can burn to use. you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are Noise Control System not careful. See Jump Starting on page 10-74 for tips on working The following information relates to around a battery without compliance with federal noise getting hurt. emission standards for vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg Infrequent Usage: Remove the (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance black, negative (−) cable from the Schedule provides information on battery to keep the battery from To get an accurate reading, the maintaining the noise control system running down. vehicle should be on a level to minimize degradation of the noise surface. Extended Storage: Remove the emission control system during the black, negative (−) cable from the The proper level for the 2500 and life of the vehicle. The noise control battery or use a battery trickle 3500 Series is from 0 to 6 mm system warranty is given in the charger. (1/4 in) below the bottom of the fill vehicle warranty booklet. plug hole. Add only enough fluid to These standards apply only to Rear Axle reach the proper level. vehicles sold in the United States. When to Check Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule on page 11-3 to determine how often to check the lubricant. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
Federal law prohibits the following Engine: Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) — acts or the causing thereof: Diesel Engine: . Removal or rendering engine 1. The removal or rendering speed governor, if the vehicle . Removal of the muffler. inoperative by any person, other has one, inoperative so as to than for purposes of allow engine speed to exceed Starter Switch Check maintenance, repair or manufacturer specifications. replacement, of any device or { Warning element of design incorporated Fan and Drive: into any new vehicle for the . Removal of fan clutch, if the When you are doing this purpose of noise control, prior to vehicle has one, or rendering inspection, the vehicle could its sale or delivery to the ultimate clutch inoperative. move suddenly. If the vehicle purchaser or while it is in use; or . Removal of the fan shroud, if the moves, you or others could be 2. The use of the vehicle after such vehicle has one. injured. device or element of design has Air Intake: been removed or rendered 1. Before starting this check, be inoperative by any person. . Removal of the air cleaner silencer. sure there is enough room Among those acts presumed to around the vehicle. constitute tampering are the acts . Modification of the air cleaner. listed below. 2. Apply both the parking brake Exhaust: and the regular brake. Insulation: . Removal of the muffler and/or Do not use the accelerator . Removal of the noise shields or resonator. pedal, and be ready to turn off any underhood insulation. . Removal of the exhaust pipes the engine immediately if it and exhaust pipe clamps. starts. 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the service. engine. Without applying the Mechanism Check regular brake, try to move the Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning Shift Lock Control normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check, Function Check your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured { Warning Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged. Lock Check Make sure there is room in front When you are doing this of the vehicle in case it begins to inspection, the vehicle could While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. injured. position. . The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set around the vehicle. It should be . The ignition key should come the parking brake. parked on a level surface. out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine ready to apply the regular brake required. running and the transmission in immediately if the vehicle begins N (Neutral), slowly remove foot to move. pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued) Headlamp Aiming With the engine running, shift to Headlamp aim has been preset and P (Park). Then release the the windshield. Any damage that should need no further adjustment. parking brake followed by the occurs would not be covered by regular brake. your warranty. Do not allow the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, wiper arm to touch the windshield. the headlamp aim may be affected. Contact your dealer if service is If adjustment to the headlamps is required. necessary, see your dealer. 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the Wiper Blade Replacement windshield. Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11-3. Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11-13. 2. Push the release lever (2) to { Caution disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the Allowing the wiper arm to touch blade assembly (3). the windshield when no wiper 3. Push the new blade assembly blade is installed could damage securely on the wiper arm until (Continued) the release lever clicks into place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
Bulb Replacement Headlamps For the proper type of replacement Composite Headlamp bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10-33. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning 2. Remove the two bolts from the Halogen bulbs have pressurized 1. High-Beam Headlamp headlamp assembly. 2. Low-Beam Headlamp gas inside and can burst if you 3. Lift the headlamp assembly to drop or scratch the bulb. You or To remove the headlamp assembly release the lower tabs from the others could be injured. Be sure from the vehicle and access the radiator support. to read and follow the instructions bulbs: 4. Turn the headlamp forward and on the bulb package. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on upward to remove it from the page 10-4. grille. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
8. Reverse the steps to reinstall the To replace one of these bulbs: headlamp assembly. 1. Remove the four screws (1) from To prevent headlamp vibration the headlamp retainer (2). and shortened bulb life, be sure Pull the retainer (2) out and set it to insert the headlamp assembly aside. tabs in the slots at the lower portion of the housing. 2. Pull the bulb (3) forward to gain access to the electrical Sealed-Beam Headlamp connector.
5. Disconnect the electrical connector. 6. Turn the bulb counterclockwise one-quarter turn to remove it from the headlamp assembly. 7. Install the new bulb into the headlamp assembly and connect the electrical connector.
1. Headlamp retainer screws 3. Disconnect the electrical 2. Headlamp retainer connector (2) and remove the 3. Sealed-beam headlamp bulb headlamp bulb (1). 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall the headlamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
Front Turn Signal, 1. Use a small tool to unlatch the Taillamps outboard clip on the lamp by Sidemarker, and Parking pushing inboard and prying the To replace a taillamp/turn signal Lamps lamp assembly forward. lamp or back-up lamp bulb: 2. Remove the lamp from the grille. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise one-quarter turn and remove it from the lamp assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling it straight out. 5. Replace the bulb. 1. Front Parking and Turn 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise Signal Lamp to reinstall it in the lamp 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp assembly. 1. Remove the two inboard nuts 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly into To replace the front turn signal, from the inside of the taillamp the grille until the outboard clip sidemarker, and/or parking lamp assembly. bulb(s): snaps into place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
5. Remove the taillamp assembly 9. Reinstall the bulb socket by from the vehicle. turning it clockwise into the lamp assembly. 10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the taillamp assembly and applique. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) The CHMSL is above the rear doors at the center of the vehicle. 2. The third nut (3) is under the To replace a bulb: applique piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the two inboard applique nuts. Pull the 6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal applique (2) straight rearward lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) slightly to clear the studs. Then bulb socket by turning it rotate the applique (2) just far counterclockwise one-quarter enough to gain access to the turn and pulling it out of the lamp outer push pins (1). assembly. 3. Carefully disconnect the push 7. Remove the bulb by pulling it pins (1) from the applique straight out. bracket. 8. Push the new bulb into the 4. Remove the third nut (3) from socket. the upper outboard side of the lamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
1. Remove the two screws from the License Plate Lamp 4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to CHMSL assembly. reinstall the license plate bulb 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly. assembly. 3. Turn the bulb socket Replacement Bulbs counterclockwise one-quarter Bulb turn to remove it from the lamp Exterior Lamp assembly. Number 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of Back-up, Rear 3157KX the socket and push the new Parking, Stoplamp, bulb into the socket. and Turn Signal Lamp 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise one-quarter turn to install it in Center 912LL the lamp assembly. High-Mounted Stoplamp 1. Bulb Socket 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly (CHMSL) and two screws. 2. License Plate Bulb Assembly 3. Screws Front Parking and 3157KX Do not block or damage the CHMSL Turn Signal Lamp when items are loaded on the roof To replace one of these bulbs: of the vehicle. Front 194LL 1. Remove the screws (3) that Sidemarker Lamp secure the license plate bulb assembly (2). License 194LL Plate Lamp 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket. 3. Install the new bulb. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
Bulb If there is a problem on the road and Exterior Lamp Electrical System Number a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be Headlamps Electrical System borrowed. Choose some feature of Composite 9005LL Overload the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. High-Beam The vehicle has fuses and circuit Headlamp breakers to protect against an Headlamp Wiring electrical system overload. Composite 9006LL An electrical overload may cause Low-Beam When the current electrical load is the lamps to go on and off, or in Headlamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens some cases to remain off. Have the and closes, protecting the circuit Sealed Beam H6054 headlamp wiring checked right away until the current load returns to Headlamp if the lamps go on and off or normal or the problem is fixed. This remain off. greatly reduces the chance of circuit For replacement bulbs not listed overload and fire caused by Windshield Wipers here, contact your dealer. electrical problems. If the wiper motor overheats due to Fuses and circuit breakers protect heavy snow or ice, the windshield power devices in the vehicle. wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart. Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Although the circuit is protected Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may Breakers Fuse Block cause wiper linkage damage. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are The fuse block is located in the Always clear ice and heavy snow protected from short circuits by a engine compartment on the driver from the windshield before using the combination of fuses and circuit side of the vehicle. windshield wipers. breakers. This greatly reduces the If the overload is caused by an chance of fires caused by electrical { Caution electrical problem and not snow or problems. ice, be sure to get it fixed. Look at the silver-colored band Spilling liquid on any electrical inside the fuse. If the band is broken component on the vehicle may or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure damage it. Always keep the you replace a bad fuse with a new covers on any electrical one of the identical size and rating. component. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Mini Fuse Usage 3 Right Stop/Turn Trailer 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Fuel System Control Module Ignition 7 Body Control Module 5 8 Body Control Module 7 9 Body Control Module 4 10 Instrument Cluster 11 Trailer Wiring 12 Inside Rear Vision Camera Module 13 Spare Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage 14 Windshield Washer 29 Steering Wheel 52 Right High-Beam Sensor Headlamp 16 Horn 30 Engine Control 53 Left Low-Beam 17 Transmission Module Ignition/ Headlamp 18 Air Conditioning Glow Plug Module 54 Right Low-Beam Compressor 31 Transmission Headlamp 19 Engine Control Control Module 55 Wiper Module Battery Ignition 56 Canister Vent 20 Spare 32 Transmission Solenoid Control Module 21 Left Stop/Turn Battery 58 Body Control Trailer Module 2 33 Rear Parking Aid 22 Spare Module 59 Body Control 23 Spare Module 1 34 Spare 24 Fuel Pump 61 Spare 35 Fuel Operated 25 Auxiliary Power Heater Module 62 Oxygen Sensor 2 Outlet (Post), EV Fan 36 Fuel System (Diesel) 26 Body Control Control Module Module 3 Battery 63 Spare 27 Special Equipment 51 Left High-Beam 64 Mass Air Flow/ Option Headlamp Canister Vent 28 Airbag Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage Relay Usage 65 Odd Ignition/ 77 Oxygen Sensor 15 Run/Crank Injectors 2 (Pre) 37 Spare 66 Daytime Running 78 Engine Control 38 Fuel Pump Lamps 2 Module Powertrain (LOLVL-V22) (If 39 Crank 79 Even Ignition/ Equipped) Injectors 40 Air Conditioning 67 Daytime Running Compressor Lamps 1 (UPLVL J-Case Fuse Usage 48 Fan High +V22) (If Equipped) 1 ABS Motor 49 Powertrain 68 Auxiliary Stop 2 ABS Module 50 Spare Lamps 41 Spare 57 Fan Low 69 Trailer Stop Lamps 42 Trailer Wiring 60 Fan Control 70 Spare 43 Fan High 71 Fuel Heater/Flex 44 Starter Solenoid Fuel Sensor 45 Engine Control 72 Body Control Module/Powertrain Module 6 46 Spare 73 Lighter/Data Link Connection 47 Fan Lo 75 V6 Fuel Injectors 74 Front Blower 76 Spare Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
Floor Console Fuse Block The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and The floor console fuse block is under the driver seat. features shown. Mini-Fuse Usage F1 Empty F2 Steering Wheel Sensor F3 Auxiliary Parking Lamps (Cut-Away) F4 Front Park Lamps F5 Trailer Park Lamps F6 Upfitter Park Lamps F7 Right Rear Park Lamp F8 Left Rear Park Lamp F9 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch F10 Airbag/Automatic Occupant Sensing F11 OnStar® (If Equipped) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage F12 Empty F22 Ignition Switch/ F36 Driver Door Unlock Discrete Logic F13 Heating, Ventilation F37 Empty Ignition and Air Sensor (PK3) F38 Empty Conditioning 2 F23 Instrument Cluster F14 Heating, Ventilation J-Case Fuse Usage and Air F25 Heating, Ventilation Conditioning 1 and Air F16 Upfitter Auxiliary 1 Conditioning Gas Ambulance F15 Empty Control F24 Empty F17 Outside Rearview F26 Auxiliary/Trailer Mirror Heater F28 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 Backup Reading Lamps F18 Rear Window F27 Taillamps Backup Gas Ambulance Defogger F30 Upfitter Courtesy F29 Rear Blower F19 Compass Lamps F20 Radio/Chime/ F31 Front Door Lock Relays Usage SiriusXM Satellite Radio (If Equipped) F32 Rear Door Lock K1 Run (High Current Micro) F21 Remote Function F33 Cargo Door Unlock Actuator/Tire K2 Empty (High F34 Passenger Door Pressure Monitor Current Micro) Unlock K3 Park Lamps (High F35 Rear Passenger Current Micro) Door Unlock Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Relays Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) K4 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 (High Current Mini) Tires and a serious crash. See Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on K5 Rear Defogger page 9-9. (High Current high-quality tires made by a Micro) leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose K6 Retained the warranty manual for the same danger as Accessory Power information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The (RAP) (High warranty and where to get resulting crash could Current Micro) service. For additional cause serious injury. information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently Circuit Usage manufacturer. to maintain the Breaker recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be CB1 Power Seats { Warning checked when the tires CB2 Power Windows . Poorly maintained and are cold. improperly used tires are . dangerous. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, . Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden cause overheating as a impact — such as when result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep There could be a blowout tires at the recommended (Continued) pressure. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires Winter Tires Warning (Continued) This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally . Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter cause a crash. If the tread designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered replace them. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered have been damaged by have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will page 10-59. can cause a crash. Only be “MS.” the dealer or an With winter tires, there may be authorized tire service Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction, the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle mount the tires. adequate performance for most handling and braking. . Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: excess of 56 km/h may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter . Use tires of the same brand and (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel surfaces such as snow, See Winter Tires on page 10-42. positions. mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
. Use only radial ply tires of the Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the same size, load range, and “Tire Size” illustration later in this speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. equipment tires. molded into the sidewall. The Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire rating as the original equipment tires passenger vehicle and light Performance Criteria may not be available for H, V, W, Y, truck tire sidewall. Specification): Original and ZR speed rated tires. If winter equipment tires designed to tires with a lower speed rating are GM's specific tire performance chosen, never exceed the tire's criteria have a TPC specification maximum speed capability. code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or All-Terrain Tires exceed all federal safety This vehicle may have All-Terrain guidelines. Tires. These tires provide good (3) DOT (Department of performance on most road surfaces, Transportation): The weather conditions, and for off-road driving. Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the The tread pattern on these tires may Passenger (P-Metric) Tire tire is in compliance with the wear more quickly than other tires. U.S. Department of Consider rotating the tires more (1) Tire Size: The tire size code frequently than at 12 000 km Transportation Motor Vehicle is a combination of letters and Safety Standards. (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear numbers used to define a is noted when the tires are particular tire's width, height, inspected. See Tire Inspection on page 10-56. aspect ratio, construction type, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, (01-52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature the year. For example, the third resistance. For more week of the year 2010 would information, see Uniform Tire have a four-digit DOT date Quality Grading on page 10-61. of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire following the DOT code are the maximum pressure needed to (1) Tire Size: The tire size code Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. For is a combination of letters and The TIN shows the information on recommended numbers used to define a manufacturer and plant code, tire pressure see Tire Pressure particular tire's width, height, tire size, and date the tire was on page 10-50 and Vehicle Load aspect ratio, construction type, manufactured. The TIN is Limits on page 9-9. and service description. See the molded onto both sides of the “Tire Size” illustration later in this tire, although only one side may section for more detail. have the date of manufacture. (5) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
(2) TPC Spec (Tire (4) DOT (Department of The TIN shows the Performance Criteria Transportation): The manufacturer and plant code, Specification): Original Department of Transportation tire size, and date the tire was equipment tires designed to (DOT) code indicates that the manufactured. The TIN is GM's specific tire performance tire is in compliance with the molded onto both sides of the criteria have a TPC specification U.S. Department of tire, although only one side may code molded onto the sidewall. Transportation Motor Vehicle have the date of manufacture. GM's TPC specifications meet or Safety Standards. (6) Tire Ply Material: The type exceed all federal safety DOT Tire Date of of cord and number of plies in guidelines. This does not apply Manufacture: The last four the sidewall and under the tread. to Goodyear LT225/75R16 G949 digits of the TIN indicate the tire RSA and Goodyear LT225/ (7) Single Tire Maximum manufactured date. The first two Load: Maximum load that can 75R16 G933 RSD commercial digits represent the week truck tires. be carried and the maximum (01-52) and the last two digits, pressure needed to support that (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load: the year. For example, the third load when used as a single. For Maximum load that can be week of the year 2010 would information on recommended carried and the maximum have a four-digit DOT date tire pressure see Tire Pressure pressure needed to support that of 0310. on page 10-50 and Vehicle Load load when used in a dual (5) Tire Identification Number Limits on page 9-9. configuration. For information on (TIN): The letters and numbers recommended tire pressure see following the DOT code are the Tire Pressure on page 10-50 Tire Identification Number (TIN). and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a Tire Size height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. The following examples show For example, if the tire size the different parts of a tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item 3 of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide. (4) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate the type Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire The letter R means radial ply Tire: The United States version (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: construction; the letter D means of a metric tire sizing system. The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply The letters LT as the first two metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B characters in the tire size mean letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply a light truck tire engineered to the tire size means a passenger construction. standards set by the U.S. Tire vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of and Rim Association. standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. (2) Tire Width: The three-digit and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These number indicates the tire section (2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load width in millimeters from number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the sidewall to sidewall. width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit (7) Service Description: The the tire. Air pressure is number that indicates the tire service description indicates the expressed in kPa (kilopascal) height-to-width measurements. load index and speed rating of a or psi (pounds per square inch). For example, if the tire size tire. If two numbers are given as Accessory Weight: The aspect ratio is 75, as shown in in the example, 120/116, then combined weight of optional item 3 of the light truck this represents the load index for accessories. Some examples of (LT-Metric) tire illustration, it single versus dual wheel usage optional accessories are would mean that the tire's (single/dual). The speed rating is automatic transmission, power sidewall is 75 percent as high as the maximum speed a tire is windows, power seats, and air it is wide. certified to carry a load. This conditioning. (4) Construction Code: A letter does not apply to Goodyear LT225/75R16 G949 RSA and Aspect Ratio: The relationship code is used to indicate the type of a tire's height to its width. of ply construction in the tire. Goodyear LT225/75R16 G933 The letter R means radial ply RSD commercial truck tires; see Belt: A rubber coated layer of construction; the letter D means the dual tire and single tire cords between the plies and the diagonal or bias ply maximum load and load range tread. Cords may be made from construction; and the letter B letter designations on the tire steel or other reinforcing means belted-bias ply sidewall. materials. construction. Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Definitions the wheel in inches. cords that hold the tire onto Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. (6) Load Range: Load Range. air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A in which the plies are laid at Number (TIN), an alphanumeric tire used on light duty trucks and alternate angles less than designator which can also some multipurpose passenger 90 degrees to the centerline of identify the tire manufacturer, vehicles. the tread. production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 amount of air pressure in a tire, GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load measured in kPa (kilopascal) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits carrying capacity of a tire. or psi (pounds per square inch) on page 9-9. Maximum Inflation Pressure: before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight The maximum air pressure to from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See which a cold tire can be inflated. on page 10-50. Vehicle Load Limits on The maximum air pressure is Curb Weight: The weight of a page 9-9. molded onto the sidewall. motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation and coolant, but without page 9-9. pressure for that tire. passengers and cargo. Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle DOT Markings: A code molded The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight: The sum of curb into the sidewall of a tire that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, signifying that the tire is in when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and compliance with the U.S. production options weight. Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety unit for air pressure. Standards. The DOT code Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (49,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
Normal Occupant Weight: The Recommended Inflation Traction: The friction between number of occupants a vehicle Pressure: Vehicle the tire and the road surface. is designed to seat multiplied by manufacturer's recommended The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load tire inflation pressure as shown Tread: The portion of a tire that Limits on page 9-9. on the tire placard. See Tire comes into contact with Occupant Distribution: Pressure on page 10-50 and the road. Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Outward Facing Sidewall: The bands, sometimes called wear side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic bars, that show across the tread has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that of a tire when only 1.6 mm outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at (1/16 in) of tread remains. See vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of When It Is Time for New Tires contains a whitewall, bears the tread. on page 10-58. white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads Grading Standards): A tire model name molding that is are seated. information system that provides higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire consumers with ratings for a moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead. tire's traction, temperature, and of the tire. Speed Rating: An treadwear. Ratings are Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A alphanumeric code assigned to determined by tire tire used on passenger cars and a tire indicating the maximum manufacturers using some light duty trucks and speed at which a tire can government testing procedures. multipurpose vehicles. operate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (50,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
The ratings are molded into the Tire Pressure sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Caution (Continued) Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of page 10-61. air pressure to operate Overinflated tires, or tires that effectively. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The have too much air, can result in: number of designated seating { Caution positions multiplied by . Unusual wear. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated Neither tire underinflation nor . Poor handling. cargo load. See Vehicle Load overinflation is good. Limits on page 9-9. Underinflated tires, or tires . Rough ride. Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air, . Needless damage from can result in: Tire: Load on an individual tire road hazards. due to curb weight, accessory . Tire overloading and weight, occupant weight, and overheating which could The Tire and Loading cargo weight. lead to a blowout. Information label on the vehicle Vehicle Placard: A label . Premature or indicates the original equipment permanently attached to a irregular wear. tires and the correct cold tire vehicle showing the vehicle inflation pressures. The . Poor handling. capacity weight and the original recommended pressure is the equipment tire size and . Reduced fuel economy. minimum air pressure needed to recommended inflation pressure. (Continued) support the vehicle's maximum See “Tire and Loading load carrying capacity. Information Label” under Vehicle For additional information Load Limits on page 9-9. regarding how much weight the vehicle can carry, and an Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (51,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven Tire Pressure Monitor Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no System Load Limits on page 9-9. How more than 1.6 km (1 mi). the vehicle is loaded affects The Tire Pressure Monitor System Remove the valve cap from the (TPMS) uses radio and sensor vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire comfort. Never load the vehicle technology to check tire pressure gauge firmly onto the valve to levels. The TPMS sensors monitor with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. the air pressure in your tires and designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure transmit tire pressure readings to a When to Check matches the recommended receiver located in the vehicle. pressure on the Tire and Check the tires once a month Each tire, including the spare (if Loading Information label, no provided), should be checked or more. further adjustment is necessary. monthly when cold and inflated to Do not forget the spare tire, If the inflation pressure is low, the inflation pressure recommended if the vehicle has one. See add air until the recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Full-Size Spare Tire on pressure is reached. If the vehicle placard or tire inflation page 10-74 for additional inflation pressure is high, press pressure label. (If your vehicle has information. tires of a different size than the size on the metal stem in the center indicated on the vehicle placard or How to Check of the tire valve to release air. tire inflation pressure label, you Re-check the tire pressure with should determine the proper tire Use a good quality pocket-type inflation pressure for those tires.) gauge to check tire pressure. the tire gauge. Proper tire inflation cannot be Return the valve caps on the As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a determined by looking at the tire. valve stems to prevent leaks tire pressure monitoring system Check the tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire when the tires are cold, meaning Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (52,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is See Radio Frequency Statement on of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure page 13-12. under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then Operation should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. This vehicle may have a Tire soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as The TPMS is designed to warn the significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. driver when a low tire pressure causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is condition exists. TPMS sensors are lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be mounted onto each tire and wheel also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire assembly, excluding the spare tire tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS and wheel assembly. The TPMS vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety sensors monitor the air pressure in ability. of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire of replacement or alternate tires or Please note that the TPMS is not a pressure readings to a receiver wheels on the vehicle that prevent substitute for proper tire located in the vehicle. maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function Your vehicle has also been properly. equipped with a TPMS malfunction When a low tire pressure condition See Tire Pressure Monitor indicator to indicate when the is detected, the TPMS illuminates Operation on page 10-52. system is not operating properly. the low tire pressure warning light Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (53,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
located on the instrument cluster. The low tire pressure warning light If the warning light comes on, stop may come on in cool weather when { Caution as soon as possible and inflate the the vehicle is first started, and then tires to the recommended pressure turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all shown on the Tire and Loading could be an early indicator that the the same. A non-approved tire Information label. See Vehicle Load air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS Limits on page 9-9. needs to be inflated to the proper sensors. TPMS sensor damage pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire A message to check the pressure in sealant is not covered by the a specific tire displays in the Driver A Tire and Loading Information label vehicle warranty. Always use only Information Center (DIC). The low shows the size of the original the GM approved tire sealant tire pressure warning light and the equipment tires and the correct DIC warning message come on at inflation pressure for the tires when available through your dealer or each ignition cycle until the tires are they are cold. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle. inflated to the correct inflation Limits on page 9-9, for an example pressure. If the vehicle has DIC of the Tire and Loading Information buttons, tire pressure levels can be label and its location. Also see Tire viewed. For additional information Pressure on page 10-50. and details about the DIC operation The TPMS can warn about a low and displays, see Driver Information tire pressure condition but it does Center (DIC) on page 5-24 and Tire not replace normal tire Messages on page 5-36. maintenance. See Tire Inspection on page 10-56, Tire Rotation on page 10-56 and Tires on page 10-41. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (54,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on . message also displays. The One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching message come on at each ignition Process cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or spare tire does not have a more of the TPMS sensors. Also, TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process light and the DIC message should be performed after replacing should go off after the road tire other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire is replaced and the sensor containing the TPMS sensor. The matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10-59. malfunction light and the DIC successfully. See "TPMS Sensor message should go off at the next Matching Process" later in this ignition cycle. The sensors are section. matched to the tire/wheel positions, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (55,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry sensor identification code has following order: driver side front tire, (RKE) transmitter's Q and K been matched to this tire and passenger side front tire, passenger buttons at the same time for wheel position. side rear tire, and driver side rear. approximately five seconds. The 6. Proceed to the passenger side See your dealer for service or to horn sounds twice to signal the front tire, and repeat the purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS receiver is in relearn mode and procedure in Step 5. relearn tool can also be purchased. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE See Tire Pressure Monitor message displays on the DIC 7. Proceed to the passenger side Sensor Activation Tool at screen. rear tire, and repeat the www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or procedure in Step 5. If the vehicle does not have call 1-800-GM TOOLS 8. Proceed to the driver side rear (1-800-468-6657). RKE, press the Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle tire, and repeat the procedure in There are two minutes to match the information button until the Step 5. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor first tire/wheel position, and PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE identification code has been five minutes overall to match all four POSITIONS message displays. tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear longer, the matching process stops the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer and must be restarted. and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE active. The TIRE LEARNING The TPMS sensor matching message displays on the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC process is: display screen goes off. 4. Start with the driver side 1. Set the parking brake. 9. Turn the ignition switch to front tire. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with LOCK/OFF. the engine off. 5. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve 10. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the and Loading Information label. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (56,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the vehicle has one, be inspected damage. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. Tire Rotation Replace the tire if: Tires should be rotated every . The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See more places around the tire Maintenance Schedule on can be seen. page 11-3. . There is cord or fabric Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. rubber. first rotation is the most If the vehicle has a compact important. . The tread or sidewall is spare tire, do not include it in the cracked, cut, or snagged Any time unusual wear is tire rotation. deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon Adjust the front and rear tires to fabric. as possible and check the wheel the recommended inflation alignment. Also check for pressure on the Tire and . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. See or split. Loading Information label after When It Is Time for New Tires the tires have been rotated. See on page 10-58 and Wheel Tire Pressure on page 10-50 Replacement on page 10-63. and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (57,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the The outer tire on a dual wheel setup System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing generally wears faster than the Monitor Operation on grease after a wheel change or inner tire. Tires last longer and wear page 10-52. tire rotation to prevent corrosion more evenly if they are rotated. See or rust build-up. Do not get Tire Inspection on page 10-56 and Check that all wheel nuts are Tire Rotation on page 10-56. Also grease on the flat wheel properly tightened. See “Wheel see Maintenance Schedule on mounting surface or on the Nut Torque” under Capacities page 11-3. and Specifications on wheel nuts or bolts. { Warning page 12-2. Dual Tire Rotation { Warning When the vehicle is new, If the vehicle is operated with a or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, tire that is underinflated, the tire Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the or wheel nut is replaced, check can overheat. An overheated tire parts to which it is fastened, can the wheel nut torque after can lose air suddenly or catch make wheel nuts become loose 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, fire. You or others could be after time. The wheel could come 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For injured. Properly inflate all tires, off and cause an accident. When proper wheel nut tightening including the spare. changing a wheel, remove any information, see “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire rust or dirt from places where the ” See Tires on page 10-41 and Tire under Tire Changing on page 10-66. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Pressure on page 10-50 for more Also see Wheel Nut Torque under an emergency, a cloth or a paper “ ” information on proper tire inflation. towel can be used; however, use Capacities and Specifications on page 12-2. a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (58,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New Some commercial truck tires, first two digits represent the week including Goodyear LT225/75R16 (01-52) and the last two digits, the Tires G949 RSA and Goodyear LT225/ year. For example, the third week of Factors such as maintenance, 75R16 G933 RSD, may not have the year 2010 would have a temperatures, driving speeds, treadwear indicators. If the tires do four-digit DOT date of 0310. vehicle loading, and road conditions not have treadwear indicators, affect the wear rate of the tires. replace the tires when the tread Vehicle Storage depth is down to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) for Tires age when stored normally the front tires, or 1.6 mm (1/16 in) for mounted on a parked vehicle. Park the rear tires. See Tire Inspection a vehicle that will be stored for at on page 10-56 and Tire Rotation on least a month in a cool, dry, clean page 10-56 for additional area away from direct sunlight to information. slow aging. This area should be free The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline or other This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for Treadwear indicators are one way to takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or tell when it is time for new tires. tires, including the spare if raise the vehicle to reduce the Treadwear indicators appear when equipped, be replaced after six weight from the tires. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) years, regardless of tread wear. The or less of tread remaining. tire manufacture date is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (59,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall { Warning GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10-43 for Tires could explode during specific tires for the vehicle. The additional information. original equipment tires installed improper service. Attempting were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing worn to mount or dismount a tire Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four (six could cause injury or death. Specification (TPC Spec) for dual rear wheels). Uniform Only your dealer or authorized system rating. When tread depth on all tires will help tire service center should replacement tires are needed, to maintain the performance of mount or dismount the tires. GM strongly recommends the vehicle. Braking and buying tires with the same TPC handling performance may be Spec rating. adversely affected if all the tires { Warning are not replaced at the same GM's exclusive TPC Spec time. If proper rotation and Mixing tires of different sizes, system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done, brands, or types may cause critical specifications that impact all four tires (six for dual rear loss of control of the vehicle, the overall performance of the wheels) should wear out at resulting in a crash or other vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire vehicle damage. Use the performance, ride and handling, Rotation on page 10-56 for correct size, brand, and type traction control, and tire information on proper tire of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring rotation. However, if it is This vehicle may have a performance. GM's TPC Spec necessary to replace only one different size spare than the number is molded onto the tire's axle set of worn tires, place the road tires originally installed sidewall near the tire size. If the new tires on the rear axle (two on the vehicle. When new, the tires have an all-season tread for single rear wheels, four for design, the TPC Spec number dual rear wheels). (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (60,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
Winter tires with the same speed The Tire and Loading Warning (Continued) rating as the original equipment Information label indicates the vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H, original equipment tires on the and wheel assembly with a V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits similar overall diameter as the tires. Never exceed the winter on page 9-9 for the label road tires and wheels, so it is tires’ maximum speed capability location and more information all right to drive on it. The when using winter tires with a about the Tire and Loading spare tire was developed for lower speed rating. Information label. use on this vehicle and will not If the vehicle tires must be affect vehicle handling. replaced with a tire that does not Different Size Tires and have a TPC Spec number, make Wheels sure they are the same size, If wheels or tires are installed that { Warning load range, speed rating, and are a different size than the original construction (radial) as the equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Using bias-ply tires on the original tires. performance, including its braking, vehicle may cause the wheel ride and handling characteristics, Vehicles that have a tire stability, and resistance to rollover rim flanges to develop cracks pressure monitoring system after many miles of driving. may be affected. If the vehicle has could give an inaccurate electronic systems such as antilock A tire and/or wheel could fail low-pressure warning if non-TPC brakes, rollover airbags, traction suddenly and cause a crash. Spec rated tires are installed. control, electronic stability control, Use only radial-ply tires with See Tire Pressure Monitor or All-Wheel Drive, the performance the wheels on the vehicle. System on page 10-51. of these systems can also be affected. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (61,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal { Warning Temperature A safety requirements and If different sized wheels are used, The following information relates additional General Motors Tire there may not be an acceptable to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC) level of performance and safety if United States National Highway standards. tires not recommended for those Traffic Safety Administration All Passenger Car Tires Must wheels are selected. This (NHTSA), which grades tires by Conform to Federal Safety increases the chance of a crash treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To and serious injury. Only use GM temperature performance. This These Grades. specific wheel and tire systems applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear developed for the vehicle, and the United States. The grades have them properly installed by a are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a GM certified technician. most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested See Buying New Tires on (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a page 10-59 and Accessories and to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test Modifications on page 10-2. compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on Grading or to some limited-production the government course as a tire Quality grades can be found tires. graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends where applicable on the tire While the tires available on upon the actual conditions of sidewall between tread shoulder General Motors passenger cars their use, however, and may and maximum section width. For and light trucks may vary with depart significantly from the example: respect to these grades, they norm due to variations in driving Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (62,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
habits, service practices and Temperature overloaded. Excessive speed, differences in road The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive characteristics and climate. (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat Traction representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. The traction grades, from ability to dissipate heat when highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire and C. Those grades represent conditions on a specified indoor Balance the tire's ability to stop on wet laboratory test wheel. Sustained pavement as measured under The tires and wheels were aligned high temperature can cause the controlled conditions on and balanced at the factory to material of the tire to degenerate provide the longest tire life and best specified government test and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to surfaces of asphalt and excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing concrete. A tire marked C may to sudden tire failure. The grade are not necessary on a regular have poor traction performance. C corresponds to a level of basis. Consider an alignment check Warning: The traction grade if there is unusual tire wear or the performance which all assigned to this tire is based on vehicle is significantly pulling to one passenger car tires must meet straight-ahead braking traction side or the other. Some slight pull to under the Federal Motor Safety tests, and does not include the left or right, depending on the Standard No. 109. Grades B and acceleration, cornering, crown of the road and/or other road A represent higher levels of hydroplaning, or peak traction surface variations such as troughs performance on the laboratory or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is characteristics. test wheel than the minimum vibrating when driving on a smooth required by law. Warning: The road, the tires and wheels may need temperature grade for this tire is to be rebalanced. See your dealer established for a tire that is for proper diagnosis. properly inflated and not Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (63,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels { Warning Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement { Warning corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replacing a wheel with a used loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could one is dangerous. How it has wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash. repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a these conditions exist. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment nuts for replacement. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel. wheel that is needed. Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, { Caution Tire Chains diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning replaces. problems with bearing life, brake Tire chains used on a vehicle Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel cooling, speedometer or without the proper amount of nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp System (TPMS) sensors with new aim, bumper height, vehicle clearance can cause damage to GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire the brakes, suspension, or other chain clearance to the body and vehicle parts. The area damaged chassis. by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or others may be injured in a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (64,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out crash. To help avoid damage to slow down until it stops. Driving while driving, especially if the tires the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, too fast or spinning the wheels are maintained properly. See Tires or remove the device if it is with chains on will damage the on page 10-41. If air goes out of a contacting the vehicle. Do not vehicle. tire, it is much more likely to leak spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about manufacturer's instructions. For Cutaway models with LT245/ what to expect and what to do: 75R16, LT225/75R16 or LT215/ 85R16 size single or dual rear tires, If a front tire fails, the flat tire { Caution use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Class S cables. toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the Use tire chains only where legal For Cargo or Passenger models steering wheel firmly. Steer to and only when necessary. Use with P245/70R17, LT225/75R16 or maintain lane position, and then chains that are the proper size for LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low gently brake to a stop, well off the the tires. Install them on the tires Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S road, if possible. of the rear axle. Do not use chains are not recommended. A rear blowout, particularly on a chains on the tires of the front If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do curve, acts much like a skid and axle. Tighten them as tightly as not use individual tire chains. Use may require the same correction as possible with the ends securely tire chains that fit across both dual used in a skid. Stop pressing the fastened. Drive slowly and follow tires. the chain manufacturer's accelerator pedal and steer to instructions. If the chains contact straighten the vehicle. It may be the vehicle, stop and retighten very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, them. If the contact continues, if possible. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (65,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
{ Warning { Warning { Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip Re-inflating a tire after it has been dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6-3. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (66,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1).
Remove the retaining wing bolt and Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it off of the mounting bracket. lift it out of the mounting bracket to 1. Wheel Block access the equipment. 2. Flat Tire Equipment needed for a 15-passenger seating arrangement The following information explains is secured on the rear floor on the how to repair or change a tire. passenger side of the vehicle. Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Equipment needed for a cargo van or a passenger van is in the passenger side rear corner of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (67,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
The tools you will be using include: To lower the spare tire from the vehicle:
1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s) (6). 2. Open the passenger side rear door. 3. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, on an angle, through the hole in the rear floor panel 1. Jack above the bumper. 2. Hoist Handle 1. Spare Tire 3. Extension(s) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer Be sure the hoist handle 4. Wheel Wrench 3. Hoist Cable connects to the hoist shaft. The chiseled end of the hoist handle 5. Jack Handle 4. Hoist Assembly is used to lower the spare tire. The spare tire is mounted in the rear 5. Hoist Shaft 4. Turn the wheel wrench underbody of the vehicle. 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s) counterclockwise to lower the Use the hoist handle, extension(s), 7. Wheel Wrench spare tire to the ground. and the wheel wrench to remove the Continue to turn the wheel underbody-mounted spare tire. wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (68,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
5. Remove the wheel wrench, 7. Put the spare tire near the extension(s), and hoist handle flat tire. assembly from the hoist shaft. 8. Close the passenger side rear door. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut caps, loosen them by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The wheel nut caps are designed to remain with the center cap. Remove the center cap. 1. Jack 6. When the tire has been lowered, pull it closer to reach the tire If the wheel has a smooth center 2. Hoist Handle retainer and pull it up through piece, place the chisel end of the 3. Extension(s) the wheel opening. wheel wrench in the slot on the 4. Wheel Wrench wheel and gently pry it out. 5. Jack Handle For a vehicle that was completed from a cab and 1. Do a safety check before chassis, refer to the information proceeding. See If a Tire Goes from the body supplier/installer. Flat on page 10-64. The spare tire is a full-size tire, 2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with like the other tires on the the wheel wrench. Do not vehicle. remove them yet. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (69,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
3. Assemble the jack and tools: Front Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together with the jack handle (5), one or two extension(s) (3), and the wheel wrench (4). Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together with the jack handle (5), two extensions (3), and the wheel wrench (4).
Front Position Rear Alternative Position (Diesel Vehicles) 4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown. The front position jacking point is on the frame. The rear position jacking point is on the rear axle. If the exhaust system interferes with the jack location in the rear axle, such as in Diesel vehicles, Front Position place the jack (1) on the rear axle between the axle housing Rear Position and the shock absorber bracket Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (70,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
in order to avoid any 5. Turn the wheel wrench interference with the exhaust clockwise to raise the vehicle. { Warning pipe (2). Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the room for the spare tire to fit. parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning make wheel nuts become loose Getting under a vehicle when it is after time. The wheel could come jacked up is dangerous. If the off and cause an accident. When vehicle slips off the jack you could changing a wheel, remove any be badly injured or killed. Never rust or dirt from places where the get under a vehicle when it is wheel attaches to the vehicle. In supported only by a jack. an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. { Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even 6. Remove all the wheel nuts. make the vehicle fall. To help 7. Take the flat tire off of the avoid personal injury and vehicle mounting surface. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (71,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are not tight can work loose. If all the nuts on a wheel come off, the wheel can come off the vehicle, causing a crash. All wheel nuts must be properly tightened. Follow the rules in this section to be sure they are.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from the 9. Put the wheel nuts back on with wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, the rounded end of the nuts { Warning and spare wheel. toward the wheel. Tighten each wheel nut by hand until the If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning wheel is held against the hub. can break. If all the studs on a 10. Turn the jack handle wheel broke, the wheel could Never use oil or grease on bolts counterclockwise to lower the come off and cause a crash. or nuts because the nuts might vehicle. Lower the jack If any stud is damaged because come loose. The vehicle's wheel completely. of a loose-running wheel, it could could fall off, causing a crash. be that all of the studs are damaged. To be sure, replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud holes in a wheel have become larger, the wheel could collapse in (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (72,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
operation. Replace any wheel if specification supplied by the its stud holes have become larger aftermarket manufacturer when or distorted in any way. Inspect using accessory locking wheel hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for nuts. See Capacities and damage. Because of loose Specifications on page 12-2 for running wheels, piloting pad original equipment wheel nut damage may occur and require torque specifications. replacement of the entire hub, for proper centering of the wheels. When replacing studs, hubs, 11. Use the wheel wrench to wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to { Caution tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the use GM original equipment parts. Improperly tightened wheel nuts wheel wrench clockwise and in can lead to brake pulsation and a crisscross sequence, as rotor damage. To avoid expensive shown. { Warning brake repairs, evenly tighten the 12. Put the wheel cover or the wheel nuts in the proper center cap and plastic wheel Wheel nuts that are improperly or sequence and to the proper nut caps back on. Remove any incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. See wheel blocks. the wheels to become loose or Capacities and Specifications on come off. The wheel nuts should page 12-2 for the wheel nut be tightened with a torque wrench torque specification. to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (73,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
Have a technician check the Two clicks should occur. The wheel nut tightness of all spare tire hoist cannot be wheels with a torque wrench overtightened. after the first 160 km (100 mi) and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) after that. Repeat this service whenever a tire is removed or serviced. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12-2 for more information. 2. Pull the retaining bar through the Storing a Flat or Spare Tire center of the wheel, making sure it is properly attached. and Tools 3. Pull the wheel toward the rear of { Warning the vehicle, keeping the cable tight. Storing a jack, a tire, or other 4. Open the passenger side equipment in the passenger rear door. 7. Make sure the tire is stored compartment of the vehicle could securely. Push, pull (1), and then 5. Insert the chisel end of the hoist try to turn (2) the tire. If the tire cause injury. In a sudden stop or handle, on an angle, through the collision, loose equipment could moves, use the wheel wrench to hole in the rear floor panel tighten the cable. strike someone. Store all these in above the bumper. the proper place. Two clicks mean the tire is up all 6. Turn the wheel wrench the way. clockwise to fully raise the tire 1. Put the tire on the ground at the against the underside of the 8. Return the jacking equipment to rear of the vehicle with the valve vehicle. Continue turning the the proper location. Secure the stem pointed down. wheel wrench until the tire is items and replace the jack cover. secure and the cable is tight. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (74,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the Jump Starting vehicle, stop as soon as possible If this vehicle came with a full-size and check that the spare is correctly For more information about the spare tire, it was fully inflated when inflated. The spare tire is made to vehicle battery, see Battery on new, however, it can lose air over perform well at speeds up to page 10-24. time. Check the inflation pressure 112 km/h (70 mph) at the regularly. See Tire Pressure on If the vehicle battery has run down, recommended inflation pressure, so you may want to use another page 10-50 and Vehicle Load Limits you can finish your trip. on page 9-9. For instructions on vehicle and some jumper cables to how to remove, install, or store a Have the damaged or flat road tire start your vehicle. Be sure to use spare tire, see Tire Changing on repaired or replaced back onto the the following steps to do it safely. page 10-66. vehicle, as soon as possible, so the spare tire will be available in case it { Warning is needed again. Do not mix tires and wheels of Batteries can hurt you. They can different sizes, because they will not be dangerous because: fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel . They contain acid that can together. burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (75,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
2. Get the vehicles close enough { Caution so the jumper cables can reach, Caution (Continued) but be sure the vehicles are not Ignoring these steps could result touching each other. If they are, warranty. Whenever possible, turn in costly damage to the vehicle it could cause a ground off or unplug all accessories on that would not be covered by the connection you do not want. You either vehicle when jump starting. vehicle warranty. Trying to start would not be able to start your the vehicle by pushing or pulling it vehicle, and the bad grounding 3. Turn off the ignition on both will not work, and it could damage could damage the electrical vehicles. Unplug unnecessary the vehicle. systems. accessories plugged into the To avoid the possibility of the cigarette lighter or the accessory 1. Check the other vehicle. It must vehicles rolling, set the parking power outlet. Turn off the radio have a 12-volt battery with a brake firmly on both vehicles and all lamps that are not negative ground system. involved in the jump start needed. This will avoid sparks procedure. Put an automatic and help save both batteries. { Caution transmission in P (Park) or a And it could save the radio! manual transmission in Neutral 4. Open the hoods and locate the If the other vehicle does not have before setting the parking brake. positive (+) and negative (−) a 12-volt system with a negative terminal locations of the other ground, both vehicles can be { Caution vehicle. damaged. Only use a vehicle that On your van, use the unpainted If any accessories are left on or has a 12-volt system with a radio antenna bracket as a plugged in during the jump negative ground for jump starting. remote negative (−) terminal. starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (76,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
Do not connect positive (+) to { Warning { Warning negative (−) or you will get a short that would damage the Using an open flame near a Fans or other moving engine battery and maybe other parts battery can cause battery gas to parts can injure you badly. Keep too. And do not connect the explode. People have been hurt your hands away from moving negative (−) cable to the doing this, and some have been parts once the engine is running. negative (−) terminal on the dead blinded. Use a flashlight if you battery because this can cause need more light. 5. Check that the jumper cables do sparks. Be sure the battery has enough not have loose or missing water. You do not need to add insulation. If they do, you could water to the battery installed in get a shock. The vehicles could your new vehicle. But if a battery be damaged too. has filler caps, be sure the right Before you connect the cables, amount of fluid is there. If it is low, here are some basic things you add water to take care of that should know. Positive (+) will go first. If you do not, explosive gas to positive (+) or to a remote could be present. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to Battery fluid contains acid that an unpainted metal part or to a can burn you. Do not get it on remote negative (−) terminal if you. If you accidentally get it in the vehicle has one. On your your eyes or on your skin, flush van, use the unpainted radio 6. Connect the red positive (+) the place with water and get antenna bracket as a remote cable to the positive (+) terminal medical help immediately. negative (−) terminal. of the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (77,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a remote { Caution positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. The vehicle uses the unpainted radio antenna bracket as a 7. Now connect the black remote negative (-) terminal. negative (−) cable to the Move the antenna coaxial cable negative (−) terminal of the good out of the way before clamping battery. Use a remote the negative jumper cable to the negative (−) terminal if the fixed antenna bracket. Avoid vehicle has one. touching the negative cable clamp Do not let the other end touch to the air conditioning line. Failure anything until the next step. The to do either of these could 8. Connect the other end of the other end of the negative (−) damage the vehicle. The repairs cable does not go to the dead negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal location on would not be covered by the battery. It goes to a heavy, vehicle warranty. unpainted metal engine part or the vehicle with the dead battery. to a remote negative (−) terminal On your van, use the unpainted on the vehicle with the dead radio antenna bracket as a 9. Now start the vehicle with the battery. On your van, use the remote negative (−) terminal. good battery and run the engine unpainted radio antenna bracket for a while. as a remote negative (−) 10. Try to start the vehicle that had terminal. the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (78,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
Towing the Vehicle of recreational vehicle towing are { Caution known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the If the jumper cables are { Caution vehicle with all four wheels on the connected or removed in the ground. Dolly towing is towing the wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle with two wheels on the may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The ground and two wheels up on a vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by device known as a dolly. covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. Here are some important things to Always connect and remove the consider before recreational vehicle jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed towing: making sure that the cables do car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. . not touch each other or other If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the What is the towing capacity of metal. drive wheels cannot contact the the towing vehicle? Be sure to road while the vehicle is being read the tow vehicle manufacturer's Jumper Cable Removal towed. A wheel dolly must be used to lift all drive wheels off the ground. recommendations. Reverse the sequence exactly when . What is the distance that will be removing the jumper cables. Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if the traveled? Some vehicles have disabled vehicle must be towed. restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment Towing going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations. vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (79,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-79
. Is the vehicle ready to be Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Dolly Towing towed? Just as preparing the Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the vehicle for a long trip, make sure { Caution the vehicle is prepared to be Ground) towed. If the vehicle is towed with all four Dinghy Towing wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.
The vehicle should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground.
Use the following procedure to tow the vehicle from the rear: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. 3. Firmly set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 9-29. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (80,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-80 Vehicle Care
4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Appearance Care Caution (Continued) 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's Exterior Care products can be obtained from instructions. your dealer. Follow all Locks 6. Use an adequate clamping manufacturer directions regarding device designed for towing to Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary ensure that the front wheels are Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and locked into the straight position. absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any locks greased after using. See 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle care product. Recommended Fluids and If the tow vehicle will not be Lubricants on page 11-11. started or driven for six weeks or more, remove the battery cable Washing the Vehicle { Caution from the negative terminal (post) To preserve the vehicle's finish, of the battery to prevent the wash it often and out of direct Avoid using high-pressure battery from draining while sunlight. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) towing. to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding { Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint acidic, or abrasive cleaning and decals. agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic The e symbol is on any parts. If damage occurs, it would underhood compartment electrical not be covered by the vehicle center that should not be power warranty. Approved cleaning (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (81,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-81
washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice that would not be covered by the melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Caution (Continued) vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from may damage it. Use only If using an automatic car wash, industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they non-abrasive waxes and polishes follow the car wash instructions. The that are made for a basecoat/ windshield wiper and rear window remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. clearcoat paint finish on the wiper, if equipped, must be off. vehicle. Remove any accessories that may If necessary, use non-abrasive be damaged or interfere with the car cleaners that are marked safe for wash equipment. painted surfaces to remove foreign To keep the paint finish looking new, matter. keep the vehicle garaged or Rinse the vehicle well, before covered whenever possible. washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove Protecting Exterior Bright Metal are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See Moldings they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning products. Dry the finish with a soft, clean { Caution chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to avoid surface scratches and water uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Failure to clean and protect the spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint bright metal moldings can result as damage can occur. in a hazy white finish or pitting. Finish Care This damage would not be Application of aftermarket clearcoat { Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces Machine compounding or are damaged, see your dealer to aggressive polishing on a have the damage assessed and basecoat/clearcoat paint finish repaired. Foreign materials such as (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (82,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-82 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or vehicle are aluminum. To prevent Lenses, Emblems, Decals and covers while the lamps are damage always follow these Stripes illuminated, due to excessive cleaning instructions: heat generated. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a . Be sure the molding is cool to soft cloth, and a car washing soap { Caution the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses, cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow Failure to clean lamps properly . Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the can cause damage to the lamp approved for aluminum. Some Vehicle" previously in this section. cover that would not be covered cleaners are highly acidic or Lamp covers are made of plastic, by the vehicle warranty. contain alkaline substances and and some have a UV protective can damage the moldings. coating. Do not clean or wipe them . while they are dry. Always dilute a concentrated { Caution cleaner according to the Do not use any of the following on manufacturer’s instructions. lamp covers: Using wax on low gloss black . Do not use chrome cleaners. . Abrasive or caustic agents. finish stripes can increase the . gloss level and create a Do not use cleaners that are not . Washer fluids and other cleaning intended for automotive use. non-uniform finish. Clean low agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and . Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the water only. vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer. and extend the molding finish. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners. Air Intakes . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield when washing the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (83,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-83
Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended { Caution Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants on with glass cleaner. page 11-11. Chrome wheels and other chrome Clean rubber blades using a lint-free trim may be damaged if the cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires vehicle is not washed after driving windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to on roads that have been sprayed detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires. with magnesium, calcium, thoroughly when cleaning the or sodium chloride. These blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and { Caution chlorides are used on roads for a buildup of vehicle wash/wax conditions such as ice and dust. treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire Always wash the chrome with streaking. dressing products on the vehicle soap and water after exposure. Replace the wiper blades if they are may damage the paint finish and/ worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any { Caution conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle. To avoid surface damage, do not Weatherstrips use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, Apply Dielectric silicone grease on Wheels and Trim — Aluminum or Chrome brushes, or cleaners that contain weatherstrips to make them last acid on aluminum or longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels. Use only squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels. approved cleaners. Also, never least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean drive a vehicle with aluminum or may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel. chrome-plated wheels through an application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied. rubber material on painted surfaces (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (84,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-84 Vehicle Care
For 2500/3500 Series vehicles Underbody Maintenance Caution (Continued) equipped with steering linkage, at At least twice a year, Spring and least every other engine oil change Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and automatic car wash that uses lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler debris from the vehicle's underbody. silicone carbide tire cleaning arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm Your dealer or an underbody car brushes. Damage could occur socket, and pitman arm socket. and the repairs would not be washing system can do this. If not covered by the vehicle warranty. removed, rust and corrosion can { Caution develop. Steering, Suspension, and Lubrication of applicable Steering/ Sheet Metal Damage Suspension points should not be Chassis Components If the vehicle is damaged and done unless temperature is -12°C Visually inspect steering, requires sheet metal repair or (10°F) or higher, or damage could replacement, make sure the body suspension, and chassis result. components for damaged, loose, repair shop applies anti-corrosion or missing parts or signs of wear at material to parts repaired or least once a year. Body Component Lubrication replaced to restore corrosion protection. Inspect power steering for proper Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the Original manufacturer replacement chafing, etc. fuel door hinge unless the parts will provide the corrosion components are plastic. Applying protection while maintaining the Visually check constant velocity joint silicone grease on weatherstrips vehicle warranty. boots and axle seals for leaks. with a clean cloth will make them Finish Damage For 2500/3500 Series vehicles, at last longer, seal better, and not stick least every other engine oil change or squeak. Quickly repair minor chips and lubricate the upper and lower scratches with touch-up materials control arm ball joints. available from your dealer to avoid Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (85,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-85
corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect To prevent damage, do not clean damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or the interior using the following dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result. cleaners or techniques: Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for . Never use a razor or any other cleaning the interior. Use cleaners sharp object to remove a soil Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the from any interior surface. and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent causing blotchy, ring-shaped . Never use a brush with stiff permanent damage. Apply all bristles. discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning dark spots etched into the paint cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly . Never rub any surface surface. See “Finish Care” on any switches or controls. aggressively or with excessive previously in this section. Cleaners should be removed pressure. quickly. Never allow cleaners to . Do not use laundry detergents or Interior Care remain on the surface being dishwashing soaps with To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaned for extended periods degreasers. For liquid cleaners, regularly clean the vehicle's interior. of time. use approximately 20 drops per Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the A concentrated soap solution will that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read leave a residue that creates furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions streaks and attracts dirt. Do not transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the use solutions that contain strong interior. interior, maintain adequate or caustic soap. Use a soft bristle brush to remove ventilation by opening the doors and . Do not heavily saturate the dust from knobs and crevices on the windows. upholstery when cleaning. instrument cluster. Using a mild . Do not use solvents or cleaners soap solution, immediately remove containing solvents. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (86,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-86 Vehicle Care
Interior Glass Coated Moldings To clean: To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free dampened with water. Wipe droplets colorfast cloth with water. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a Microfiber cloth is recommended left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft lint-free cloth to prevent lint transfer to the Commercial glass cleaners may be dampened with water. used, if necessary, after cleaning fabric or carpet. . When heavily soiled, use warm the interior glass with plain water. 2. Remove excess moisture by soapy water. gently wringing until water does { Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede not drip from the cleaning cloth. To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface 3. Start on the outside edge of the abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a soil and gently rub toward the glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating brush attachment is being center. Rotate the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to aggressive cleaning may damage used during vacuuming, only use it prevent forcing the soil in to the the rear window defogger. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil fabric. as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the Cleaning the windshield with water following techniques: soiled area until there is no during the first three to six months . Gently blot liquids with a paper longer any color transfer from of ownership will reduce tendency the soil to the cleaning cloth. to fog. towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. 5. If the soil is not completely Speaker Covers . For solid soils, remove as much removed, use a mild soap Vacuum around a speaker cover as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by plain gently, so that the speaker will not water. be damaged. Clean spots with just If the soil is not completely water and mild soap. removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (87,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Vehicle Care 10-87
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution Caution (Continued) using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Do not attach a device with a may cause permanent damage. formation occurs, clean the entire suction cup to the display. This Wipe excess moisture from these fabric or carpet. may cause damage and would surfaces after cleaning and allow not be covered by the warranty. them to dry naturally. Never use Following the cleaning process, a heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot paper towel can be used to blot removers. Do not use cleaners excess moisture. Instrument Panel, Leather, that contain silicone or wax-based Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, products. Cleaners containing Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and these solvents can permanently and Vehicle Information and Natural Open Pore Wood Radio Displays change the appearance and feel Surfaces of leather or soft trim and are not For vehicles with high gloss Use a soft microfiber cloth recommended. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a dampened with water to remove microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. dust and loose dirt. For a more Before wiping the surface with the Do not use cleaners that increase thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle gloss, especially on the instrument microfiber cloth dampened with a brush to remove dirt that could panel. Reflected glare can decrease mild soap solution. scratch the surface. Then use the visibility through the windshield microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to under certain conditions. clean. Never use window cleaners { Caution or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, Soaking or saturating leather, using mild soap. Do not use bleach especially perforated leather, as or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly well as other interior surfaces, and air dry before next use. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (88,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
10-88 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the { Caution correct side up. Do not turn it over. Use of air fresheners may cause { Warning . Do not place anything on top of permanent damage to plastics the driver side floor mat. and painted surfaces. If an air If a floor mat is the wrong size or freshener comes in contact with is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on any plastic or painted surface in interfere with the pedals. the driver side. Interference with the pedals can the vehicle, blot immediately and . Do not place one floor mat on clean with a soft cloth dampened cause unintended acceleration top of another. with a mild soap solution. and/or increased stopping Damage caused by air fresheners distance which can cause a crash would not be covered by the and injury. Make sure the floor vehicle warranty. mat does not interfere with the pedals. Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for Keep belts clean and dry. proper floor mat usage. . The original equipment floor { Warning mats were designed for the Do not bleach or dye safety belts. vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information transportation, and online Service and scheduling to assist with service Maintenance This maintenance section applies to needs. vehicles with a gasoline engine. For Your dealer recognizes the diesel engine vehicles, see the importance of providing maintenance schedule section in General Information competitively priced maintenance the Duramax diesel supplement. General Information ...... 11-1 and repair services. With trained Your vehicle is an important Maintenance Schedule technicians, the dealer is the place investment. This section describes for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 the required maintenance for the changes and tire rotations and Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help additional maintenance items like Special Application protect against major repair tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Services ...... 11-7 expenses resulting from neglect or blades. inadequate maintenance. It may Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of { Caution and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have Damage caused by improper and Care ...... 11-7 all required maintenance performed. maintenance can lead to costly Recommended Fluids Your dealer has trained technicians repairs and may not be covered Recommended Fluids and who can perform required by the vehicle warranty. Lubricants ...... 11-11 maintenance using genuine Maintenance intervals, checks, Maintenance Replacement replacement parts. They have inspections, recommended fluids, Parts ...... 11-13 up-to-date tools and equipment for and lubricants are important to fast and accurate diagnostics. Many keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records dealers have extended evening and condition. Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 Saturday hours, courtesy Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
The Tire Rotation and Required . Are driven on reasonable road Services are the responsibility of the surfaces within legal driving { Warning vehicle owner. It is recommended to limits. Performing maintenance work can have your dealer perform these . Use the recommended fuel. See be dangerous and can cause services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Fuel on page 9-39. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to serious injury. Perform keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service maintenance work only if the condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service required information, proper tools, and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require and equipment are available. If they are not, see your dealer to Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service have a trained technician do the vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are: work. See Doing Your Own There may need to be more . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Service Work on page 10-3. frequent checks and services. in hot weather. Normal Service . Mainly driven in hilly or All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. Required Services, are for . Used for high-speed or vehicles that: competitive driving. . Carry passengers and cargo . Used for taxi, police, or delivery within recommended limits on service. the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-3
Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system may not Rotation on page 10-56. Engine Oil on page 10-6. indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month filter must be changed at least once life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation a year and the oil life system must reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10-6 and Engine Oil page 10-50. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10-8. . Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on page 10-56. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10-14. . Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on page 10-21. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10-21. page 10-8. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-4 Service and Maintenance
. Visually inspect windshield wiper . Check restraint system . Check parking brake and blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety System automatic transmission park or contamination. See Exterior Check on page 3-16. mechanism. See Park Brake and Care on page 10-80. Replace P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Visually inspect fuel system for worn or damaged wiper blades. damage or leaks. page 10-27. See Wiper Blade Replacement . Check accelerator pedal for on page 10-28. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for damage, high effort, or binding. . Check tire inflation pressures. loose or damaged parts. Replace if needed. See Tire Pressure on . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10-50. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on page 10-80. signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage. Check the hold open Inspection on page 10-56. . Check starter switch. See Starter ability of the strut. See your Switch Check on page 10-26. dealer if service is required. . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check automatic transmission . Lubricate the steering linkage . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. shift lock control function. See (greasable joints) on 2500/3500 See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Automatic Transmission Shift page 10-12. series vehicles. See Normal and Lock Control Function Check on Severe Maintenance Schedules. . Inspect brake system. page 10-27. . Visually inspect steering, . Check ignition transmission lock. suspension, and chassis See Ignition Transmission Lock components for damaged, loose, Check on page 10-27. or missing parts or signs of wear. See Exterior Care on page 10-80. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage (6). Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @ Replace brake fluid. (5) @
Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every five years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on comes first. Services - Normal page 10-14. (6) 2500/3500 series vehicles only. (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines (4) Or every 10 years, whichever For severe commercial use and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. Inspect for fraying, vehicles, see Special Application routing, and condition. excessive cracking, or damage; Services on page 11-7. (2) Or every four years, whichever replace, if needed. comes first. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage (7). Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ AWD. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @
Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever case fluid. Contaminated fluid will Schedule Additional Required comes first. decrease the life of the transfer Services - Severe (3) Do not directly power wash the case and should be replaced. (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines transfer case output seals. High (4) Or every five years, whichever and hoses for proper hook-up, pressure water can overcome the comes first. See Cooling System on routing, and condition. seals and contaminate the transfer page 10-14. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-7
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application Additional comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; Services Maintenance and Care replace, if needed. . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Your vehicle is an important (6) Or every 10 years, whichever Check dual wheel nut torque at investment and caring for it properly comes first. 160, 1 600 and 10 000 km (100, may help to avoid future costly (7) 2500/3500 series vehicles only. 1,000 and 6,000 mi) of driving. repairs. To maintain vehicle For severe commercial use Repeat this service whenever a performance, additional vehicles, see Special Application tire/wheel is serviced or maintenance services may be Services on page 11-7. removed. required. . Severe Commercial Use It is recommended that your dealer Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis perform these services — their components every 5 000 km/ trained dealer technicians know 3,000 mi. your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough . Have underbody flushing service assessment with a multi-point performed. See “Underbody inspection to recommend when your Maintenance” in Exterior Care on page 10-80. vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Battery Brakes . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are may be low and need to be the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. filled. additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include Hoses . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. Hoses transport fluids and should battery with full cranking power. be regularly inspected to ensure . Trained dealer technicians have that there are no cracks or leaks. . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment With a multi-point inspection, your the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and dealer can inspect the hoses and the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts advise if replacement is needed. connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. corrosion-free. Lamps Fluids Properly working headlamps, Belts Proper fluid levels and approved taillamps, and brake lamps are . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle s systems ’ important to see and be seen on squeak or show signs of and components. See the road. cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-11 for GM . Signs that the headlamps need . Trained dealer technicians have attention include dimming, failure access to tools and equipment approved fluids. to light, cracking, or damage. to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield The brake lamps need to be recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be checked periodically to ensure replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. that they light when braking. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Shocks and Struts Tires . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, tires. Your dealer can also for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining provide tire/wheel balancing the tires can save money and fuel, . Signs of wear may include services to ensure smooth steering wheel vibration, bounce/ and can reduce the risk of tire vehicle operation at all speeds. sway while braking, longer failure. Your dealer sells and services stopping distance, or uneven . Signs that the tires need to be name brand tires. tire wear. replaced include three or more Vehicle Care visible treadwear indicators; cord . As part of the multi-point To help keep the vehicle looking like inspection, trained dealer or fabric showing through the new, vehicle care products are technicians can visually inspect rubber; cracks or cuts in the available from your dealer. For the shocks and struts for signs tread or sidewall; or a bulge or information on how to clean and of leaking, blown seals, split in the tire. protect the vehicle s interior and or damage, and can advise ’ exterior, see Interior Care on when service is needed. page 10-85 and Exterior Care on page 10-80. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Recommended Fluids Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1® specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10-6. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10-14. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021185, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Wheel Bearings Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037). Front and Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Maintenance Replacement Parts If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22909882 A3097C Engine Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 15214346 — Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the rear edge of the passenger side front door, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-11 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System without Rear Heat 4.8L V8 11.8 L 12.4 qt 6.0L V8 13.1 L 13.8 qt Cooling System with Rear Heat 4.8L V8 14.6 L 15.4 qt 6.0L V8 16.1 L 17.0 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities Application Metric English Fuel Tank Cutaway (Optional Tank)* 215.7 L 57.0 gal Cutaway (Standard Tank) 124.9 L 33.0 gal Passenger and Cargo 117.3 L 31.0 gal * 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.8L V8 F Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 G Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 CNG/LPG B Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
V8 Engines If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-13 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-14 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text Privacy resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . 13-14 OnStar® ...... 13-15 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 Navigation System (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-15 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-5 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 13-7 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-7 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Identification (RFID) ...... 13-12 of your dealership or the general Radio Frequency manager. Statement ...... 13-12 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington , VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center claims. The program provides for Oshawa , Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994 over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-4 Customer Information
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View and the U.S. can communicate General Motors of Canada Limited print dealer-recorded service with Chevrolet by dialing: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: records and self-recorded service 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in CA1-163-005 records. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Information): Select a preferred www.gm.ca dealer and view dealer location, 1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking 1-800-263-3830 (For Text The Chevrolet online owner Information): Track the vehicle’s Telephone devices (TTYs)) experience is a one-stop resource warranty information. Roadside Assistance: that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls by Vehicle Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Please contact the local General on page 12-1. Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information): E (Vehicle Information): View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view radio (if equipped), and OnStar vehicle-specific how-to videos. Text Telephone (TTY) account information. Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live View maintenance schedules, To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives. alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle hard of hearing, or speech-impaired diagnostic information, and Visit my.chevrolet.com to register and who use Text Telephones schedule service appointments. your vehicle. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has (Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call Centre: 1-800-263-3830. . Chat live with online help representatives. Roadside Assistance . Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program . Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone . Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles, warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. required for the vehicle, such as . Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. galleries organized into the Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, call the GM Mobility Assistance . Download the owner manual for have the following information Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text your vehicle, quickly and easily. ready: Telephone (TTY) users, call . Find the 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number. maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your vehicle. location. . Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-6 Customer Information
. Model, year, color, and license General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to plate number of the vehicle. Chevrolet reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, . Odometer reading, Vehicle services or payment to an owner or Identification Number (VIN), and driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and delivery date of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or . Description of the problem. replacement of the tire if it is not Services Provided Coverage covered by the warranty. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services are provided up to 5 years/ Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever vehicle to get to the nearest comes first. service station. Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance In the U.S., anyone driving the . Lock-Out Service: Service to vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are . Impound towing caused by person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may violation of any laws. permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar. . Legal fines. covered. For security reasons, the driver Roadside Assistance is not a part of must present identification . Mounting, dismounting, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. before this service is given. or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices. General Motors North America and . Emergency Tow from a Public Chevrolet reserve the right to make Road or Highway: Tow to the Service is not provided if a vehicle any changes or discontinue the nearest Chevrolet dealer for is in an area that is not accessible Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle to the service vehicle or is not a any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be regularly traveled or maintained driven. Assistance is not given public road, which includes ice and when the vehicle is stuck in the winter roads. Off-road use is not sand, mud, or snow. covered. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-7
Services Specific to permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this, receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel to Roadside Assistance. delivery may be restricted. the vehicle for service, you are Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work Propane and other fuels are not covered, however any cost for provided through this service. day as possible to allow for parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the registration is required. owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation . Trip Interruption Benefits and Program Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service 150 kilometers from where your Appointments To enhance your ownership trip was started to qualify. experience, we and our participating When the vehicle requires warranty General Motors of Canada dealers are proud to offer Courtesy service, contact your dealer and Limited requires Transportation, a customer support request an appointment. By pre-authorization, original program for vehicles with the scheduling a service appointment detailed receipts, and a copy of Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and advising the service consultant the repair orders. Once Coverage period in Canada), of your transportation needs, your authorization has been received, extended powertrain, and/or dealer can help minimize your the Roadside Assistance advisor hybrid-specific warranties in both inconvenience. will help to make arrangements the U.S. and Canada. and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled The Courtesy Transportation payment. into the service department program is no longer available for immediately, keep driving it until it . Alternative Service: If cutaway vehicles. can be scheduled for service, assistance cannot be provided unless, of course, the problem is right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-8 Customer Information
Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel Requirements vary and may include options are available to assist in Reimbursement minimum age requirements, reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are insurance coverage, credit card, etc. warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is Additional fees such as fuel usage Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and excessive mileage, or rental usage Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility. entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own It may not be possible to provide a furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited like vehicle as a courtesy rental. provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel information. expenses may be available. Claim Additional Program amounts should reflect actual costs Information Transportation Options and be supported by original All program options, such as shuttle Warranty service can generally be receipts. See your dealer for service, may not be available at completed while you wait. However, information. every dealer. Contact your dealer if you are unable to do so, your Courtesy Rental Vehicle for specific availability. dealer may offer the following General Motors reserves the right to transportation options: For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available unilaterally modify, change, Shuttle Service courtesy rental vehicle or provide for or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to This includes one-way or round-trip reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim shuttle service within reasonable Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and time and distance parameters of be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its your dealer's area. well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/ sole discretion. provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-9
Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state of the art equipment, or be repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of ‐ ‐ ‐ able to recommend a collision repair value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment. Collision Parts related failures are not covered by that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM and construction methods as the available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and parts with which the vehicle was companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There originally built. Genuine GM not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the Collision parts are the best choice to As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by ensure that the vehicle's designed poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. appearance, durability, and safety corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide are preserved. The use of Genuine perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM GM parts can help maintain the GM collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. parts are typically removed from Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-10 Customer Information
When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information Choose a reputable repair facility recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved that uses quality replacement parts. vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this original equipment collision parts. For emergency towing see section. If such insurance coverage is not Roadside Assistance Program on If the airbag has inflated, see What available from your current page 13-5. Will You See after an Airbag insurance carrier, consider switching Inflates? on page 3-22. to another insurance carrier. Gather the following information: If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver name, address, and Managing the Vehicle Damage company may require you to have telephone number. Repair Process insurance that ensures repairs with . Driver license number. In the event that the vehicle requires Genuine GM Original Equipment damage repairs, GM recommends . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or that you take an active role in its telephone number. Genuine Manufacturer replacement repair. If you have a pre-determined parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Vehicle license plate number. repair facility of choice, take the you may be charged at the end of . vehicle there, or have it towed there. the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle make, model, and model year. Specify to the facility that any If a Crash Occurs required replacement collision parts . Vehicle Identification be original equipment parts, either If there has been an injury, call Number (VIN). new Genuine GM parts or recycled emergency services for help. Do not . Insurance company and policy original GM parts. Remember, leave the scene of a crash until all number. recycled parts will not be covered by matters have been taken care of. the GM vehicle warranty. Move the vehicle only if its position . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair, puts you in danger, or you are damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. instructed to move it by a police Depending on your policy limits, officer. your insurance company may initially value the repair using Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-11
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Publications Owner Information the repair professional, and insist on Owner publications are written Genuine GM parts. Remember, Ordering Information specifically for owners and intended if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Manuals to provide basic operational obligated to have the vehicle information about the vehicle. The repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Manuals have the diagnosis Owner Manual includes the even if your insurance coverage and repair information on the Maintenance Schedule for all does not pay the full cost. engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, models. If another party's insurance steering, body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, company is paying for the repairs, Owner Manual, and Warranty you are not obligated to accept a Service Bulletins Manual. repair valuation based on that Service Bulletins give additional insurance company's collision policy technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – repair limits, as you have no needed to knowledgeably service $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and contractual limits with that company. General Motors cars and trucks. shipping fees. In such cases, you can have control Each bulletin contains instructions Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. of the repair and parts choices as to assist in the diagnosis and RETAIL SELL PRICE: long as the cost stays within service of the vehicle. reasonable limits. $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-12 Customer Information
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Technical Service Bulletins and Identification (RFID) Statement Manuals are available for current RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that and past model GM vehicles. vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that ORDER TOLL FREE: pressure monitoring and ignition complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday system security, as well as in Federal Communications 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time connection with conveniences such Commission (FCC) rules and with For Credit Card Orders Only as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Industry Canada Standards (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see transmitters for remote door locking/ RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: Or write to: door openers. RFID technology in Helm, Incorporated GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause Attention: Customer Service personal information or link with any harmful interference. 47911 Halyard Drive other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any Plymouth, MI 48170 personal information. interference received, including Prices are subject to change without interference that may cause notice and without incurring undesired operation of the obligation. Allow ample time for device. delivery. Changes or modifications to any of All listed prices are quoted in U.S. these systems by other than an funds. Make checks payable in U.S. authorized service facility could void funds. authorization to use this equipment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-13
Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian Defects problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government Reporting Safety Defects To contact NHTSA, you may call If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline Government defect, notify Transport Canada toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada at a crash or could cause injury or write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Gatineau , QC J8Z 0A1 You can also obtain other General Motors. information about motor If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-14 Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects . How fast the vehicle was Vehicle Data traveling. to General Motors Recording and This data could provide an In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy understanding of the circumstances Transport Canada) in a situation like in which crashes and injuries occur. this, notify General Motors. Vehicle Data Recording Data could be recorded by the Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: vehicle only if a non-trivial crash This vehicle may be equipped with a situation occurs; no data are Chevrolet Motor Division module that records data in certain recorded under normal driving Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash or near crash-like situations, conditions and no personal data are Center such as when an air bag deploys or recorded. However, other parties, P.O. Box 33170 the vehicle hits a road obstacle. such as law enforcement, could Detroit, MI 48232-5170 This data could help provide a combine recorded data with the type In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 better understanding of the of personally identifying data (English) or 1-800-263-7854 circumstances in which crashes and routinely acquired during a crash (French), or write: injuries occur. Some data may be investigation. related to the vehicle dynamics and General Motors of Canada Limited To read recorded data, special safety systems operation. The data Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: equipment is required, and access may show: CA1-163-005 to the vehicle or the module is 1908 Colonel Sam Drive . How various systems in the needed. In addition to the vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 vehicle were operating. manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the . Whether or not the driver and special equipment, can read the passenger safety belts were information if they have access to buckled/fastened. the vehicle or the module. . If and how far the driver was pressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
Customer Information 13-15
GM will not access this data or OnStar® Navigation System (U.S. share it with others except: with the If the vehicle is equipped with and Canada) consent of the vehicle owner or, ® if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar and has an active If the vehicle is equipped with a consent of the lessee; in response subscription, additional data may be navigation system, use of the to an official request by police or collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of similar government office; as part of system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone GM's defense of litigation through about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information. the discovery process; or, as collisions involving the vehicle; the See the navigation manual for required by law. Data that GM use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for collects or receives may also be and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions. used for GM research needs or may location and approximate GPS be made available to others for speed of the vehicle. Refer to the research purposes, where a need is OnStar Terms and Conditions and shown and the data is not tied to a Privacy Statement on the OnStar specific vehicle or vehicle owner. website. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
13-16 Customer Information
2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar Overview satellite signals to be available and OnStar operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing public emergency service OnStar Overview providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 vehicle, including location OnStar Services information. See OnStar’s Terms Emergency ...... 14-2 and Conditions and Privacy Security ...... 14-3 Statement for more details Navigation ...... 14-3 = Voice Command Button including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Connections ...... 14-4 Q Blue OnStar Button Vehicle Diagnostics ...... 14-6 www.onstar.ca (Canada). > Emergency Button OnStar Additional Information The OnStar system status light is OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a next to the OnStar buttons. If the Information ...... 14-6 comprehensive, in-vehicle system status light is: that can connect to a live OnStar . Solid Green: System is on. Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connection, and . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostic Services. OnStar . Red: Indicates a problem. services may require a paid subscription. OnStar requires the . Off: System is off. Press the blue vehicle battery and electrical OnStar button twice to speak system, cellular service, and GPS with an OnStar Advisor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
14-2 OnStar
. Receive On-Demand Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR Diagnostics for a check of the OnStar Services (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an vehicle’s key operating systems. Advisor. Emergency . Receive Roadside Assistance. Press = to: With Automatic Crash Response, . Manage WiFi Settings (if the OnStar system can . Make a call, end a call, equipped). or answer an incoming call. automatically connect to an OnStar Press > to get a priority connection Emergency Advisor. The built-in . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling to an OnStar Emergency Advisor system can automatically connect to voice commands. available 24/7 to: help in certain crashes. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Get help for an emergency. Press > to connect to an OnStar Navigation voice commands. Requires a specific OnStar . Be a Good Samaritan or Emergency Advisor. GPS subscription plan. respond to an AMBER Alert. technology is used to identify the vehicle location and can provide . Obtain the WiFi network name, . Get assistance in severe important information to emergency or Service Set Identifier or SSID, weather or other crisis and personnel. OnStar Emergency and passphrase (if equipped). evacuation routes. Advisors are trained to provide assistance and link to existing Press Q to connect to a live public emergency service providers Advisor to: in emergency situations. . Verify account information or With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially update contact information. trained Crisis Advisors are available . Get driving directions. Requires 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to a specific OnStar provide a central point of contact, subscription plan.. assistance, and information if a crisis occurs. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
OnStar 14-3
Security 4. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds commands. with the last direction given, then OnStar provides services including responds with “OnStar ready,” Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Using Voice Commands then a tone. Ignition Block, and Roadside During a Planned Route Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can Get My Destination unlock the vehicle doors remotely, Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: if equipped with automatic door = 1. Press . System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. locks, and can help police locate the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say vehicle if it is stolen. “Cancel route.” System 2. Say “Get my destination.” System responds with the responds: “Do you want to Navigation cancel directions?” address and the distance to the destination, then responds with OnStar navigation requires a 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. specific OnStar subscription plan. “OK, request completed, thank Q you, goodbye.” Other Navigation Services Press to receive directions or Available from OnStar have them sent to the vehicle Route Preview navigation screen, if equipped. = OnStar eNav: Subscribers can Destinations can also be forwarded 1. Press . System responds: send destinations from to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. MapQuest.com to the vehicle 2. Say “Route preview.” System Turn-by-Turn Navigation or Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three screen-based navigation system (if equipped). When ready, the 1. Press Q to connect to a live maneuvers. directions will be downloaded to the Advisor. Repeat vehicle. 2. Request directions. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Directions are downloaded to the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
14-4 OnStar
Destination Download: Press Q, WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped) pressure (if the vehicle is equipped then request the Advisor to The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that with the tire pressure monitoring download directions to the provides a high-speed, wireless system); or activate remote horn navigation system in the vehicle (if Internet connection to connect and lights. Also remote start the equipped). After the call ends, press multiple mobile devices (data plan vehicle (if factory equipped) or the “Go” button on the navigation required). unlock the doors from anywhere screen to begin driving directions. with a wireless connection (if 1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot equipped with automatic locks). If directions are downloaded to the information, press = and select With a required specific OnStar navigation system, the route can or say “WiFi settings.” subscription plan, a destination can only be canceled through the be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar navigation system. 2. The WiFi settings will display the RemoteLink information and WiFi network name/SSID, Destinations can also be compatibility, see www.onstar.com passphrase, and level of (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). downloaded on the go. For encryption. information about eNav or ® 3. To change the SSID or OnStar RemoteLink Key Fob Destination Download, see Services www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, press Q or call www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect This feature is included for five with an Advisor. years and allows for remote door Connections lock/unlock (if equipped with OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App automatic locks), remote start (if The required specific Onstar (If Equipped) factory equipped), or activation of subscription plan includes the Download the OnStar RemoteLink horn and lights from anywhere with services that follow to help mobile app to select Apple®, a wireless signal. Download the app customers stay connected. Android™, and BlackBerry® or and start using it any time during the For coverage maps, see Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices. trial period to get started. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or From the mobile device, check the www.onstar.ca (Canada). vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds: 3. Say the entire number without OK, dialing 911. pausing. System responds: This service allows calls to be made “ ” “Please say the name tag.” and received from the vehicle. Retrieve My Number 4. Pick a name tag. System To Make a Call 1. Press =. System responds: responds: “About to store
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, other major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information. all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For On-Demand Diagnostics check is Selling/Transferring the needed, press Q, and an Advisor more information, a full description Vehicle of OnStar services, system can run a check. Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately limitations, and OnStar terms and to terminate your OnStar services if conditions: the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR transferred, or if the lease ends. (1-888-466-7827). Reactivation for Subsequent . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Owners . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Press Q and follow the prompts to . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update . Press Q to speak with an vehicle records and explain the Advisor. OnStar service options available. OnStar services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service Services for People with OnStar Personal Identification provider must also have coverage, Disabilities Number (PIN) network capacity, reception, and technology compatible with OnStar Advisors provide services to help A PIN is needed to access some of services. Service involving location subscribers with physical disabilities the OnStar services, like Remote information about the vehicle cannot and medical conditions. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Assistance. The PIN will need to be work unless GPS signals are Press Q for help with: available, unobstructed, and changed the first time when compatible with the OnStar . Locating a gas station with an speaking with an Advisor. To hardware. OnStar services may not attendant to pump gas. change the OnStar PIN, contact an Q work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Advisor by pressing or properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs. calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR. properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, . Providing directions to the Warranty or modified, OnStar services may closest hospital or pharmacy in OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations. warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users warranty. service such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to Languages design and architecture of the communicate to deaf, The vehicle can be programmed to vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired respond in multiple languages. customers while in the vehicle. The crash, or wireless phone network Press Q and ask for an Advisor. congestion or jamming. available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle Advisors are available in English, See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services, Spanish, and French. Available page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar languages may vary by country. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment been off continuously for five days. vehicle is driven into an open area. After five days, OnStar can contact The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the Roadside Assistance and a Cellular and GPS Antennas locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle. Do not add any electrical vehicle. Do not place items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9-54. Added Global Positioning and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere System (GPS) reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy buildings; in parking garages; Message The complete OnStar Privacy around airports; in tunnels, Statement may be found at underpasses; or in an area with If there is limited cellular coverage www.onstar.com (U.S.), very dense trees. If GPS signals or the cellular network has reached or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We are not available, the OnStar maximum capacity, this message recommend that you review it. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the If you have any questions, call call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area. the exact location. or press Q to speak with an Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless . In emergency situations, OnStar OnStar services require a vehicle communications are cautioned that can use the last stored GPS electrical system, wireless service, the privacy of any information sent location to send to emergency and GPS satellite technologies to be via wireless cellular communications responders. available and operating for features cannot be assured. Third parties Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 5/1/14
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this or other dealings in this Software transmissions and private permission notice appear in all without prior written authorization of communications without consent. copies. the copyright holder. OnStar - software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED unzip: acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR This is version 2005-Feb-10 of Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT the Info-ZIP copyright and license. libcurl and unzip software and LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES The definitive version of this other third party software. Below OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS document should be available are the notices and licenses FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ associated with libcurl and unzip AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF license.html indefinitely. and for other third party software THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All please see http://www.lg.com/global/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR rights reserved. support/opensource/index and COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE For the purposes of this copyright https://www.onstar.com/web/portal/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, getdocuments and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, the following set of individuals: libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Stenberg,
14-10 OnStar
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations), Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further This software is provided “as is,” without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the addresses or of the incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s). damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use disabled. inability to use this software. the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases. freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static restrictions: library versions–must be plainly marked as such and must not be 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be this list of conditions. misrepresented as being 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System Adding Equipment to the Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-10 Accessories and Vehicle ...... 3-26 Radio Reception ...... 7-9 Modifications ...... 10-2 Light On-Off ...... 5-15 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Accessory Power ...... 9-19 On-Off Light ...... 5-15 Automatic Add-On Electrical On-Off Switch ...... 3-23 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Equipment ...... 9-54 Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Headlamp System ...... 6-2 Additional Information Servicing Airbag-Equipped Transmission ...... 9-22 OnStar® ...... 14-6 Vehicles ...... 3-26 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-9 Additional Maintenance System Check ...... 3-17 Automatic Transmission and Care ...... 11-7 All-Season Tires ...... 10-42 Manual Mode ...... 9-26 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12 All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-43 Shift Lock Control Air Vents ...... 8-7 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Function Check ...... 10-27 Airbag System Antilock Brake Auxiliary Check ...... 3-27 System (ABS) ...... 9-28 Devices ...... 7-16 How Does an Airbag Warning Light ...... 5-20 Axle, Rear ...... 10-25 Restrain? ...... 3-21 Appearance Care What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-80 Inflate? ...... 3-21 B Interior ...... 10-85 What Will You See after an Battery ...... 10-24 Ashtrays ...... 5-8 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Jump Starting ...... 10-74 Assistance Program, When Should an Airbag Load Management ...... 6-6 Roadside ...... 13-5 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Power Protection ...... 6-6 Audio Players ...... 7-11 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-19 Voltage and Charging CD ...... 7-11 Messages ...... 5-29 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-28 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-2 INDEX
Bluetooth C Check Overview ...... 7-20 Engine Light ...... 5-17 Calibration ...... 5-4 Brake Ignition California System Warning Light ...... 5-19 Transmission Lock ...... 10-27 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-40 Brakes ...... 10-22 Child Restraints Perchlorate Materials Antilock ...... 9-28 Infants and Young Requirements ...... 10-2 Fluid ...... 10-23 Children ...... 3-30 Warning ...... 10-2 Parking ...... 9-29 Lower Anchors and Camera System Messages ...... 5-29 Tethers for Children ...... 3-36 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 9-36 Braking ...... 9-3 Older Children ...... 3-28 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-14 Securing ...... 3-43, 3-45 Capacities and Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Systems ...... 3-32 Specifications ...... 12-2 Center High-Mounted Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 Carbon Monoxide Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-32 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-35 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Front Turn Signal, Cleaning Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Sidemarker, and Exterior Care ...... 10-80 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-6 Parking Lamps ...... 10-31 Interior Care ...... 10-85 Cautions, Danger, and Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-29 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Warnings ...... iv Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 CD Player ...... 7-11 Heating ...... 8-1 Headlamps ...... 10-29 Center High-Mounted License Plate Lamps ...... 10-33 Rear ...... 8-5 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-32 Taillamps ...... 10-31 Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Chains, Tire ...... 10-63 Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 Clock ...... 5-6 Charging System Light ...... 5-16 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-10 Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-3
Compartments Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Storage ...... 4-1 Service Publications Driver Information Compass ...... 5-4 Ordering Information ...... 13-11 Center (DIC) ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-30 Customer Satisfaction Driving Connections Procedure ...... 13-1 Characteristics and OnStar® ...... 14-4 Towing Tips ...... 9-44 Control D Defensive ...... 9-2 Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-9 Drunk ...... 9-3 Stability ...... 9-29 Danger, Warnings, and For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Cautions ...... iv Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-8 Coolant Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine ...... 10-14 Devices Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Engine Temperature Auxiliary ...... 7-16 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-9 Gauge ...... 5-13 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 Winter ...... 9-7 Engine Messages ...... 5-31 Door Dual Tire Courtesy Transportation Ajar Messages ...... 5-30 Rotation ...... 10-57 Program ...... 13-7 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-6 Cruise Control ...... 9-32 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 E Light ...... 5-23 Locks ...... 2-5 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-41 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Power Locks ...... 2-6 Electrical Equipment, Offices ...... 13-3 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Add-On ...... 9-54 Text Telephone (TTY) Side ...... 2-8 Users ...... 13-4 Sliding ...... 2-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-4 INDEX
Electrical System Engine (cont'd) Floor Mats ...... 10-88 Engine Compartment Overheating ...... 10-18 Fluid Fuse Block ...... 10-35 Power Messages ...... 5-32 Automatic Transmission ...... 10-9 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-39 Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Brakes ...... 10-23 Fuses and Circuit Running While Parked ...... 9-22 Power Steering ...... 10-20 Breakers ...... 10-35 Starting ...... 9-16 Washer ...... 10-21 Overload ...... 10-34 Enhanced Technology Frequency Statement Emergency Glass ...... 2-16 Radio ...... 13-12 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Front Seats Engine Equipment, Towing ...... 9-51 Adjustment ...... 3-2 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-12 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-15 Front Storage ...... 4-1 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Front Turn Signal Soon Light ...... 5-17 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Compartment Overview ...... 10-5 Fuel ...... 9-39 Coolant ...... 10-14 F Additives ...... 9-40 Coolant Temperature Fan Economy Driving ...... 1-20 Gauge ...... 5-13 Engine ...... 10-20 Filling a Portable Fuel Cooling System ...... 10-14 Fast Idle System ...... 9-17 Container ...... 9-43 Cooling System Messages . . .5-31 Filter, Filling the Tank ...... 9-42 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-12 Foreign Countries ...... 9-40 Exhaust ...... 9-21 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Gauge ...... 5-11 Fan ...... 10-20 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-3 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Heater ...... 9-18 Flat Tire ...... 10-64 Requirements, California . . . . .9-40 Oil Life System ...... 10-8 Changing ...... 10-66 System Messages ...... 5-32 Oil Messages ...... 5-31 FlexFuel Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-74 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-12 E85 ...... 9-41 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-5
Fuses Glass, Enhanced I Engine Compartment Technology ...... 2-16 Idle System Fuse Block ...... 10-35 GM Mobility Reimbursement Fast ...... 9-17 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-39 Program ...... 13-5 Ignition Positions ...... 9-14 Fuses and Circuit Ignition Transmission Lock Breakers ...... 10-35 H Check ...... 10-27 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-29 Immobilizer ...... 2-11 G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-3 Infants and Young Children, Gauges Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Restraints ...... 3-30 Engine Coolant Headlamps ...... 10-29 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Temperature ...... 5-13 Aiming ...... 10-28 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-12 Automatic ...... 6-2 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-13 Fuel ...... 5-11 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-29 Introduction ...... iii Odometer ...... 5-11 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Speedometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 J Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Jump Starting ...... 10-74 Voltmeter ...... 5-13 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-13 Warning Lights and Heater Indicators ...... 5-9 Engine ...... 9-18 K General Information Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-32 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 Keyless Entry Towing ...... 9-44 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-2 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Hood ...... 10-4 Keys ...... 2-1 Horn ...... 5-3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 3-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-6 INDEX
L Lights Locks (cont'd) Airbag On-Off ...... 5-15 Door ...... 2-5 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-43 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-14 Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Lamps Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 2-6 Dome ...... 6-5 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-20 Safety ...... 2-7 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Brake System Warning ...... 5-19 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Exterior Lamps Off Charging System ...... 5-16 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Reminder ...... 6-2 Cruise Control ...... 5-23 Lower Anchors and Tethers License Plate ...... 10-33 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-22 for Children (LATCH Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-17 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 System) ...... 3-36 Messages ...... 5-33 High-Beam On ...... 5-23 Reading ...... 6-5 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Taillamps ...... 10-31 M Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-23 Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . 10-31 Maintenance Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-14 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 Records ...... 11-14 Security ...... 5-23 LATCH System Maintenance and Care StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-21 Replacing Parts after a Additional ...... 11-7 Tire Pressure ...... 5-22 Crash ...... 3-42 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-21 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Recommended Fluids Traction Control System Tethers for Children ...... 3-36 ® and Lubricants ...... 11-11 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 5-21 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-31 Lighting Manual Mirrors ...... 2-12 Locks Entry/Exit ...... 6-6 Manual Mode ...... 9-26 Automatic Door ...... 2-7 Illumination Control ...... 6-4 Manual Windows ...... 2-14 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-6 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-7
Messages Mirrors (cont'd) Oil Airbag System ...... 5-35 Manual Rearview ...... 2-13 Engine ...... 10-6 Battery Voltage and Power ...... 2-13 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-8 Charging ...... 5-29 Trailer Tow ...... 2-12 Engine Oil Pressure Brake System ...... 5-29 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 2-13 Gauge ...... 5-12 Compass ...... 5-30 Monitor System, Tire Messages ...... 5-31 Door Ajar ...... 5-30 Pressure ...... 10-51 Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-31 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-28 Engine Oil ...... 5-31 N Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Engine Power ...... 5-32 OnStar ...... 13-15 Navigation ® Fuel System ...... 5-32 OnStar® ...... 14-3 OnStar Key and Lock ...... 5-32 System, In Brief ...... 1-20 Vehicle Data Recording ® Lamp ...... 5-33 and Privacy ...... 13-15 OnStar Additional Object Detection System . . . . .5-33 Information ...... 14-6 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 ® Ride Control System ...... 5-33 Noise Control System ...... 10-25 OnStar Connections ...... 14-4 Security ...... 5-35 OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Service Vehicle ...... 5-35 OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-3 Tire ...... 5-36 O OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Transmission ...... 5-36 Object Detection System OnStar® Security ...... 14-3 Vehicle ...... 5-29 Messages ...... 5-33 OnStar® Vehicle Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-37 Odometer ...... 5-11 Diagnostics ...... 14-6 Mirrors Trip ...... 5-11 Operation, Infotainment Convex ...... 2-12 Off-Road System ...... 7-5 Heated ...... 2-13 Recovery ...... 9-4 Ordering Manual ...... 2-12 Service Publications ...... 13-11 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-8 INDEX
Outlets Power (cont'd) Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Power ...... 5-7 Protection, Battery ...... 6-6 Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-18 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19 Rear Seats ...... 3-4 Overview, Infotainment Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-36 System ...... 7-2, 7-4 Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-13 Windows ...... 2-14 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 P Pregnancy, Using Safety Recommended Fluids and Park Belts ...... 3-15 Lubricants ...... 11-11 Shifting Into ...... 9-19 Program Recording Shifting Out of ...... 9-20 Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-7 Vehicle Data ...... 13-14 Parking Proposition 65 Warning, Records Brake ...... 9-29 California ...... 10-2 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Brake and P (Park) Recreational Vehicle Mechanism Check ...... 10-27 R Towing ...... 10-78 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-21 Radio Frequency Reimbursement Program, Parking Assist ...... 9-35 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-12 GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Perchlorate Materials Radio Frequency Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Requirements, California . . . . . 10-2 Statement ...... 13-12 System ...... 2-2 Personalization Radios Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Vehicle ...... 5-38 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-33 Phone Reception ...... 7-9 Replacement Parts Bluetooth ...... 7-20 Satellite ...... 7-8 Airbags ...... 3-27 Power Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Maintenance ...... 11-13 Door Locks ...... 2-6 Rear Axle ...... 10-25 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-27 Mirrors ...... 2-13 Locking ...... 9-31 Replacing LATCH System Outlets ...... 5-7 Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-42 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-9
Replacing Safety Belt S Securing Child System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16 Restraints ...... 3-43, 3-45 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Reporting Safety Defects Security Care ...... 3-16 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Light ...... 5-23 Extender ...... 3-15 General Motors ...... 13-14 Messages ...... 5-35 How to Wear Safety Belts U.S. Government ...... 13-13 OnStar® ...... 14-3 Properly ...... 3-9 Restraints Vehicle ...... 2-11 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 Where to Put ...... 3-34 Service Reminders ...... 5-14 Retained Accessory Accessories and Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-16 Power (RAP) ...... 9-19 Modifications ...... 10-2 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Ride Control Systems Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-3 Safety Defects Reporting Messages ...... 5-33 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-17 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Roads Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 General Motors ...... 13-14 Driving, Wet ...... 9-5 Maintenance, General U.S. Government ...... 13-13 Roadside Assistance Information ...... 11-1 Safety Locks ...... 2-7 Program ...... 13-5 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-56 Publications Ordering Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Information ...... 13-11 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-7 Running the Vehicle While Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Seats Parked ...... 9-22 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-2 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-35 Services Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Special Application ...... 11-7 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-26 Rear ...... 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Check, Automatic Transmission ...... 10-27 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-10 INDEX
Shifting Sun Visors ...... 2-16 Tires (cont'd) Into Park ...... 9-19 Swing-out Windows ...... 2-15 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52 Out of Park ...... 9-20 Switches Inspection ...... 10-56 Side Door ...... 2-8 Airbag On-Off ...... 3-23 Messages ...... 5-36 Sidemarker Symbols ...... iv Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 System Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51 Signals, Turn and Infotainment ...... 7-1 Rotation ...... 10-56 Lane-Change ...... 6-3 Noise Control ...... 10-25 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Terminology and Special Application Services . . . 11-7 T Definitions ...... 10-47 Specifications and Taillamps ...... 10-31 Uniform Tire Quality Capacities ...... 12-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Grading ...... 10-61 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-11 Wheel Alignment and Tire StabiliTrak Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Balance ...... 10-62 OFF Light ...... 5-21 Time ...... 5-6 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-4 Tires ...... 10-41 When It Is Time for New Starter Switch Check ...... 10-26 All-Season ...... 10-42 Tires ...... 10-58 Starting the Engine ...... 9-16 All-Terrain ...... 10-43 Winter ...... 10-42 Steering ...... 9-3 Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-27 Fluid, Power ...... 10-20 Chains ...... 10-63 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-21 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Changing ...... 10-66 Towing Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Designations ...... 10-46 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-44 Storage Areas Different Size ...... 10-60 Equipment ...... 9-51 Front ...... 4-1 Dual Rotation ...... 10-57 General Information ...... 9-44 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-74 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-78 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-8 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Trailer ...... 9-47 Vehicle ...... 10-78 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
INDEX i-11
Traction V W Control System (TCS)/ Vehicle Warning StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-21 Canadian Owners ...... iii Brake System Light ...... 5-19 Traction Control/Electronic Control ...... 9-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Stability Control ...... 9-29 Identification Indicators ...... 5-9 Trailer Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Warnings ...... iv Tow Mirrors ...... 2-12 Load Limits ...... 9-9 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Towing ...... 9-47 Messages ...... 5-29 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-3 Transmission Personalization ...... 5-38 Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Automatic ...... 9-22 Reminder Messages ...... 5-37 Wheels Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-9 Remote Start ...... 2-4 Alignment and Tire Messages ...... 5-36 Security ...... 2-11 Balance ...... 10-62 Transportation Program, Towing ...... 10-78 Different Size ...... 10-60 Courtesy ...... 13-7 Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 10-63 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Data Recording ...... 13-14 Tires ...... 10-58 Signals ...... 6-3 Vehicle Diagnostics Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-34 OnStar® ...... 14-6 Windows ...... 2-14 U Ventilation, Air ...... 8-7 Enhanced Technology Uniform Tire Quality Visors ...... 2-16 Glass ...... 2-16 Grading ...... 10-61 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-13 Manual ...... 2-14 Using This Manual ...... iv Power ...... 2-14 Swing-out Windows ...... 2-15 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 7707481) - 2015 - CRC - 4/30/14
i-12 INDEX
Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-28